SemaDecl.cpp revision 5ea6ef490547917426d5e2ed14c9f36521bbeacf
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483} 1484 1485/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488/// built-in. 1489NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569} 1570 1571/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1572/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1573/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1574/// entity. 1575static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1576 NamedDecl *decl, 1577 LookupResult &previous){ 1578 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1579 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1580 return; 1581 1582 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1583 if (previous.empty()) 1584 return; 1585 1586 // If this declaration has external 1587 bool hasExternalLinkage = (decl->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage); 1588 1589 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1590 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1591 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1592 1593 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1594 if (!old->isHidden()) 1595 continue; 1596 1597 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1598 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1599 filter.erase(); 1600 } 1601 1602 filter.done(); 1603} 1604 1605bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1606 QualType OldType; 1607 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1608 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1609 else 1610 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1611 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1612 1613 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1614 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1615 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1616 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1617 << Kind << NewType; 1618 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1619 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 return true; 1622 } 1623 1624 if (OldType != NewType && 1625 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1626 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1627 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1628 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1630 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1631 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1632 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637} 1638 1639/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1640/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1641/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1642/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1643/// 1644void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1645 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1646 // merging checks. 1647 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1648 1649 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1650 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1651 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1652 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1653 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1654 default: break; 1655 case 2: 1656 { 1657 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1658 break; 1659 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1660 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1661 break; 1662 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1663 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1664 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1665 break; 1666 } 1667 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1668 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1669 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 case 5: 1673 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1674 break; 1675 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1676 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1677 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1678 return; 1679 case 3: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1688 } 1689 1690 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1691 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1692 if (!Old) { 1693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1694 << New->getDeclName(); 1695 1696 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1697 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1698 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1699 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 1703 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1704 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1705 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1706 1707 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1708 // with any extensions enabled. 1709 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1713 // declaration was a typedef. 1714 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1715 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1716 1717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1718 return; 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1721 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1722 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1723 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1724 // to the type to which it already refers. 1725 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1729 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1730 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1731 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1732 // 1733 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1734 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1735 // 1736 // struct S { 1737 // typedef struct A { } A; 1738 // }; 1739 // 1740 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1741 // allow the above but disallow 1742 // 1743 // struct S { 1744 // typedef int I; 1745 // typedef int I; 1746 // }; 1747 // 1748 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1749 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1750 return; 1751 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1753 << New->getDeclName(); 1754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1755 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1759 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1763 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1764 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1765 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1766 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1767 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1768 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return; 1775} 1776 1777/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1778/// attribute. 1779static bool 1780DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1781 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1782 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1783 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1784 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1785 if (AA) 1786 return false; 1787 1788 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1789 switch (A->getKind()) { 1790 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1791 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1792 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1794 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1795 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1798 case attr::GuardedBy: 1799 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1800 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1801 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1802 return false; 1803 default: 1804 ; 1805 } 1806 1807 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1808 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1809 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1810 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1811 if (Ann) { 1812 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1813 return true; 1814 continue; 1815 } 1816 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1817 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1818 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823} 1824 1825bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1826 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1827 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) { 1828 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1829 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1830 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1831 AA->getMessage()); 1832 if (NewAttr) 1833 D->ClearLVCache(); 1834 } else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) { 1835 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1836 if (NewAttr) 1837 D->ClearLVCache(); 1838 } else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1839 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1840 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1841 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1842 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1843 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1844 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1845 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1846 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1847 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1848 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1849 1850 if (NewAttr) { 1851 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1852 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1853 return true; 1854 } 1855 1856 return false; 1857} 1858 1859static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1860 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1861 return TD->getDefinition(); 1862 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1863 return VD->getDefinition(); 1864 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1865 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1866 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1867 return Def; 1868 } 1869 return NULL; 1870} 1871 1872static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1873 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1874 I != E; ++I) { 1875 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1876 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1877 return true; 1878 } 1879 return false; 1880} 1881 1882/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1883/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1884static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1885 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1886 return; 1887 1888 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1889 if (!Def || Def == New) 1890 return; 1891 1892 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1893 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1894 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1895 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1896 ++I; 1897 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1898 } 1899 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1900 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1901 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1902 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1903 --E; 1904 } 1905} 1906 1907/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1908void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1909 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1910 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1911 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1912 1913 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1914 return; 1915 1916 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1917 1918 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1919 // we process them. 1920 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1921 1922 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1923 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1924 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1925 i != e; ++i) { 1926 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1927 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1928 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1929 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1930 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1931 continue; 1932 1933 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1934 foundAny = true; 1935 } 1936 1937 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1938} 1939 1940/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1941/// to the new one. 1942static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1943 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1944 ASTContext &C) { 1945 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1946 return; 1947 1948 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1949 1950 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1951 // done before we process them. 1952 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1953 1954 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1955 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1956 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1957 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1958 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1959 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1960 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1961 foundAny = true; 1962 } 1963 } 1964 1965 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1966} 1967 1968namespace { 1969 1970/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1971/// C. 1972struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1973 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1974 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1975 QualType PromotedType; 1976}; 1977 1978} 1979 1980/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1981Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1982 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1983 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1984 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1985 1986 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1987 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1988 1989 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1990 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1991 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1992 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1993 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1994 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1995 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1996 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1997 } 1998 1999 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2000} 2001 2002/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2003/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2004/// GNU89 mode. 2005static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2006 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2007 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2008 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2009 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2010 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2011} 2012 2013/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2014/// declaration? 2015static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2016 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2017 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2018 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2019 } else { 2020 // Free C function or a static method. 2021 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2022 } 2023 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2024} 2025 2026/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2027/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2028/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2029/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2030/// 2031/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2032/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2033/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2034/// merged with. 2035/// 2036/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2037bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2038 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2039 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2040 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2041 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2042 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2043 else 2044 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2045 if (!Old) { 2046 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2048 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2049 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2050 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2051 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2056 << New->getDeclName(); 2057 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2058 return true; 2059 } 2060 2061 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2062 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2063 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2064 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2065 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2066 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2067 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2068 else 2069 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2070 2071 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2072 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2073 2074 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2075 // is an extern inline function. 2076 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2077 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2078 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2079 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2080 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2081 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2082 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2083 } else { 2084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2085 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2086 return true; 2087 } 2088 } 2089 2090 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2091 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2092 // calling convention of the first. 2093 // 2094 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2095 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2096 // 2097 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2098 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2099 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2100 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2101 // because it is the default calling convention. 2102 // 2103 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2104 // other tests to run. 2105 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2106 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2107 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2108 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2109 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2110 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2111 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2112 2113 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2114 // there but not here. 2115 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2116 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2117 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2118 2119 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2120 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2121 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2122 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2123 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2124 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2125 2126 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2127 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2128 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2129 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2130 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2131 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2132 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2133 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2134 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2135 return true; 2136 } 2137 2138 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2139 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2140 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2141 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2142 } 2143 2144 // Merge regparm attribute. 2145 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2146 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2147 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2148 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2149 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2150 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2151 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2152 return true; 2153 } 2154 2155 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2156 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2157 } 2158 2159 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2160 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2161 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2162 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2163 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2164 return true; 2165 } 2166 2167 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2168 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2169 } 2170 2171 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2172 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2173 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2174 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2175 } 2176 2177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2178 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2179 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2180 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2181 // cannot be overloaded. 2182 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2183 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2184 QualType ResQT; 2185 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2186 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2187 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2188 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2189 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2190 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2191 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2192 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2193 else 2194 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2195 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2196 return true; 2197 } 2198 else 2199 NewQType = ResQT; 2200 } 2201 2202 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2203 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2204 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2205 // Preserve triviality. 2206 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2207 2208 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2209 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2210 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2211 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2212 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2213 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2214 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2215 2216 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2217 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2218 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2219 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2220 // is a static member function declaration. 2221 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2224 return true; 2225 } 2226 2227 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2228 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2229 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2230 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2231 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2232 unsigned NewDiag; 2233 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2234 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2235 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2236 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2237 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2238 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2239 else 2240 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2241 2242 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2243 } else { 2244 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2245 << New << New->getType(); 2246 } 2247 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2248 2249 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2250 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2251 // 2252 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2253 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2254 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2255 if (isFriend) { 2256 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2257 } else { 2258 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2259 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2260 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2261 return true; 2262 } 2263 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2264 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2265 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2266 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2267 return true; 2268 } 2269 } 2270 2271 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2272 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2273 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2274 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2275 2276 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2277 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2278 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2279 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2280 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2281 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2282 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2283 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2284 } 2285 2286 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2287 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2288 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2289 return true; 2290 } 2291 2292 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2293 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2294 2295 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2296 } 2297 2298 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2299 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2300 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2301 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2302 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2303 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2304 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2305 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2306 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2307 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2308 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2309 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2310 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2311 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2312 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2313 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2314 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2315 New->setType(NewQType); 2316 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2317 2318 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2319 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2320 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2321 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2322 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2323 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2324 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2325 SourceLocation(), 2326 SourceLocation(), 0, 2327 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2328 SC_None, SC_None, 2329 0); 2330 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2331 Param->setImplicit(); 2332 Params.push_back(Param); 2333 } 2334 2335 New->setParams(Params); 2336 } 2337 2338 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2339 } 2340 2341 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2342 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2343 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2344 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2345 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2346 // the prototype. 2347 // 2348 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2349 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2350 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2351 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2352 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2353 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2354 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2355 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2356 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2357 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2358 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2359 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2360 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2361 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2362 2363 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2364 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2365 NewProto->getResultType()); 2366 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2367 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2368 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2369 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2370 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2371 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2372 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2373 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2374 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2375 NewParm->getType(), 2376 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2377 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2378 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2379 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2380 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2381 } else 2382 LooseCompatible = false; 2383 } 2384 2385 if (LooseCompatible) { 2386 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2387 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2388 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2389 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2390 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2391 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2392 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2393 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2394 } 2395 2396 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2397 ArgTypes.size(), 2398 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2399 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2400 } 2401 2402 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2403 } 2404 2405 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2406 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2407 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2408 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2409 // signature. 2410 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2411 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2412 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2413 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2414 // library built-in. 2415 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2416 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2417 << Old << Old->getType(); 2418 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2419 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2420 return false; 2421 } 2422 2423 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2424 } 2425 2426 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2427 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2428 return true; 2429} 2430 2431/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2432/// known to be compatible. 2433/// 2434/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2435/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2436/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2437/// redeclaration of Old. 2438/// 2439/// \returns false 2440bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2441 Scope *S) { 2442 // Merge the attributes 2443 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2444 2445 // Merge the storage class. 2446 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2447 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2448 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2449 2450 // Merge "pure" flag. 2451 if (Old->isPure()) 2452 New->setPure(); 2453 2454 // Merge "used" flag. 2455 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2456 New->setUsed(); 2457 2458 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2459 // declarations. 2460 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2461 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2462 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2463 Context); 2464 2465 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2466 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2467 2468 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2469 // and argument types. 2470 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2471 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2472 New->setType(Merged); 2473 2474 return false; 2475} 2476 2477 2478void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2479 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2480 2481 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2482 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2483 2484 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2485 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2486 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2487 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2488 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2489 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2490 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2491 2492 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2493} 2494 2495/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2496/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2497/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2498/// 2499/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2500/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2501/// is attached. 2502void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2503 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2504 return; 2505 2506 QualType MergedT; 2507 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2508 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2509 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2510 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2511 return; 2512 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2513 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2514 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2515 } 2516 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2517 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2518 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2519 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2520 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2521 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2522 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2523 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2524 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2525 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2526 NewArray->getElementType())) 2527 MergedT = New->getType(); 2528 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2529 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2530 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2531 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2532 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2533 NewArray->getElementType())) 2534 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2535 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2536 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2537 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2538 Old->getType()); 2539 } 2540 } else { 2541 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2542 } 2543 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2544 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2545 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2546 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2547 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2548 } 2549 New->setType(MergedT); 2550} 2551 2552/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2553/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2554/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2555/// 2556/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2557/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2558/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2559/// 2560void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2561 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2562 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2563 return; 2564 2565 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2566 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2567 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2568 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2569 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2570 << New->getDeclName(); 2571 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2572 diag::note_previous_definition); 2573 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2574 } 2575 2576 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2577 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2578 // 2579 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2580 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2582 << New->getIdentifier(); 2583 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2584 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2585 } 2586 2587 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2588 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2589 // declaration 2590 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2591 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2592 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2593 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2594 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2595 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2596 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2597 } 2598 2599 // Merge the types. 2600 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2601 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2602 return; 2603 2604 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2605 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2606 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2607 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2608 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2609 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2610 } 2611 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2612 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2613 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2614 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2615 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2616 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2617 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2618 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2619 // identifier has external linkage. 2620 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2621 /* Okay */; 2622 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2623 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2625 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2626 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2627 } 2628 2629 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2630 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2631 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2632 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2633 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2634 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2635 } 2636 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2637 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2638 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2639 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2640 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2641 } 2642 2643 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2644 2645 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2646 // need to check for mismatches. 2647 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2648 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2649 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2650 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2651 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2652 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2653 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2654 } 2655 2656 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2657 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2658 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2659 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2660 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2661 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2662 } 2663 2664 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2665 const VarDecl *Def; 2666 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2667 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2668 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2669 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2670 << New->getDeclName(); 2671 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2672 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2673 return; 2674 } 2675 2676 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2677 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2678 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2679 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2680 return; 2681 } 2682 2683 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2684 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2685 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2686 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2687 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2688 // specified at the prior declaration. 2689 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2690 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2691 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2692 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2693 2694 // Merge "used" flag. 2695 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2696 New->setUsed(); 2697 2698 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2699 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2700 2701 // Inherit access appropriately. 2702 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2703} 2704 2705/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2706/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2707Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2708 DeclSpec &DS) { 2709 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2710} 2711 2712/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2713/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2714/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2715Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2716 DeclSpec &DS, 2717 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2718 Decl *TagD = 0; 2719 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2720 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2721 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2722 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2723 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2724 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2725 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2726 2727 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2728 return 0; 2729 2730 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2731 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2732 // it's a Type. 2733 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2734 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2735 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2736 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2737 } 2738 2739 if (Tag) { 2740 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2741 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2742 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2743 return Tag; 2744 } 2745 2746 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2747 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2748 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2749 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2750 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2751 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2752 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2753 } 2754 2755 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2756 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2757 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2758 if (Tag) 2759 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2760 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2761 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2762 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2763 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2764 else 2765 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2766 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2767 return TagD; 2768 } 2769 2770 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2771 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2772 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2773 if (TagD && !Tag) 2774 return 0; 2775 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2776 } 2777 2778 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2779 // declarators. 2780 bool emittedWarning = false; 2781 2782 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2783 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2784 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2785 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2786 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2787 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2788 2789 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2790 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2791 emittedWarning = true; 2792 } 2793 } 2794 2795 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2796 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2797 CurContext->isRecord() && 2798 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2799 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2800 // struct STRUCT; 2801 // and 2802 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2803 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2804 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2805 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2806 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2807 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2808 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2809 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2810 } 2811 } 2812 2813 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2814 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2815 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2816 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2817 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2818 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2819 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2820 emittedWarning = true; 2821 } 2822 2823 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2824 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2825 2826 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2827 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2828 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2829 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2830 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2831 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2832 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2833 return Tag; 2834 } 2835 2836 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2837 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2838 emittedWarning = true; 2839 } 2840 2841 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2842 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2843 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2844 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2845 return TagD; 2846 2847 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2848 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2849 // useless. 2850 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2851 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2852 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2853 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2854 2855 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2856 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2857 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2858 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2859 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2860 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2861 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2862 // Restrict is covered above. 2863 } 2864 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2865 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2866 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2867 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2868 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2869 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2870 2871 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2872 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2873 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2874 << Tag->getTagKind() 2875 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2876 2877 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2878 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2879 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2880 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2881 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2882 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2883 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2884 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2885 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2886 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2887 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2888 while (attrs) { 2889 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2890 << attrs->getName() 2891 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2892 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2893 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2894 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2895 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2896 } 2897 } 2898 } 2899 2900 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2901 2902 return TagD; 2903} 2904 2905/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2906/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2907/// 2908/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2909static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2910 Scope *S, 2911 DeclContext *Owner, 2912 DeclarationName Name, 2913 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2914 unsigned diagnostic) { 2915 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2916 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2917 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2918 2919 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2920 return false; 2921 2922 // Pick a representative declaration. 2923 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2924 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2925 2926 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2927 return false; 2928 2929 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2930 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2931 2932 return true; 2933} 2934 2935/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2936/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2937/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2938/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2939/// struct, e.g., 2940/// 2941/// @code 2942/// union { 2943/// int i; 2944/// float f; 2945/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2946/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2947/// @endcode 2948/// 2949/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2950/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2951static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2952 DeclContext *Owner, 2953 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2954 AccessSpecifier AS, 2955 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2956 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2957 unsigned diagKind 2958 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2959 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2960 2961 bool Invalid = false; 2962 2963 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2964 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2965 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2966 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2967 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2968 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2969 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2970 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2971 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2972 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2973 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2974 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2975 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2976 Invalid = true; 2977 } else { 2978 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2979 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2980 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2981 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2982 // anonymous union is declared. 2983 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2984 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2985 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2986 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2987 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2988 else 2989 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2990 2991 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2992 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2993 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2994 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2995 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2996 2997 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2998 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2999 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3000 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3001 3002 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3003 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3004 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3005 3006 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3007 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3008 3009 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3010 } 3011 } 3012 } 3013 3014 return Invalid; 3015} 3016 3017/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3018/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3019/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3020static StorageClass 3021StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3022 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3023 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3024 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3025 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3026 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3027 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3028 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3029 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3030 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3031 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3032 } 3033 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3034} 3035 3036/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3037/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3038/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3039static StorageClass 3040StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3041 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3042 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3043 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3044 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3045 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3046 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3047 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3048 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3049 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3050 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3051 } 3052 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3053} 3054 3055/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3056/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3057/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3058/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3059Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3060 AccessSpecifier AS, 3061 RecordDecl *Record) { 3062 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3063 3064 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3065 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3066 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3067 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3068 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3069 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3070 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3071 3072 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3073 // structs/unions. 3074 bool Invalid = false; 3075 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3076 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3077 unsigned DiagID; 3078 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3079 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3080 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3081 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3082 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3083 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3084 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3085 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3086 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3087 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3088 3089 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3090 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3091 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3092 } 3093 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3094 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3095 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3096 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3097 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3098 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3099 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3101 3102 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3103 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3104 SourceLocation(), 3105 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3106 } 3107 } 3108 3109 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3110 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3111 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3112 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3113 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3114 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3115 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3116 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3117 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3118 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3119 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3120 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3121 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3122 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3123 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3124 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3125 3126 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3127 } 3128 3129 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3130 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3131 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3132 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3133 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3134 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3135 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3136 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3137 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3138 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3139 // members (clause 11). 3140 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3141 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3142 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3143 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3144 Invalid = true; 3145 } 3146 3147 // C++ [class.union]p1 3148 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3149 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3150 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3151 // array of such objects. 3152 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3153 Invalid = true; 3154 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3155 // Any implicit members are fine. 3156 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3157 // This is a type that showed up in an 3158 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3159 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3160 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3161 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3162 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3163 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3164 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3165 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3166 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3167 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3168 else { 3169 // This is a nested type declaration. 3170 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3171 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3172 Invalid = true; 3173 } 3174 } 3175 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3176 // Any access specifier is fine. 3177 } else { 3178 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3179 // member. Complain about it. 3180 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3181 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3182 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3183 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3184 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3185 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3186 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3187 3188 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3189 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3190 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3191 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3192 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3193 else { 3194 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3195 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3196 Invalid = true; 3197 } 3198 } 3199 } 3200 } 3201 3202 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3203 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3204 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3205 Invalid = true; 3206 } 3207 3208 // Mock up a declarator. 3209 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3210 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3211 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3212 3213 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3214 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3215 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3216 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3217 DS.getLocStart(), 3218 Record->getLocation(), 3219 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3220 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3221 TInfo, 3222 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3223 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3224 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3225 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3226 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3227 } else { 3228 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3229 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3230 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3231 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3232 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3233 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3234 // an error here 3235 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3236 Invalid = true; 3237 SC = SC_None; 3238 } 3239 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3240 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3241 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3242 3243 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3244 DS.getLocStart(), 3245 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3246 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3247 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3248 3249 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3250 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3251 // initializer: 3252 // union { int n = 0; }; 3253 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3254 } 3255 Anon->setImplicit(); 3256 3257 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3258 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3259 // its members. 3260 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3261 3262 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3263 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3264 // purposes. 3265 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3266 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3267 3268 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3269 Chain, false)) 3270 Invalid = true; 3271 3272 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3273 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3274 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3275 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3276 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3277 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3278 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3279 3280 if (Invalid) 3281 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3282 3283 return Anon; 3284} 3285 3286/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3287/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3288/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3289/// Example: 3290/// 3291/// struct A { int a; }; 3292/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3293/// 3294/// void foo() { 3295/// B var; 3296/// var.a = 3; 3297/// } 3298/// 3299Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3300 RecordDecl *Record) { 3301 3302 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3303 if (!Record) 3304 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3305 3306 // Mock up a declarator. 3307 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3308 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3309 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3310 3311 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3312 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3313 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3314 DS.getLocStart(), 3315 DS.getLocStart(), 3316 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3317 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3318 TInfo, 3319 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3320 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3321 Anon->setImplicit(); 3322 3323 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3324 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3325 3326 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3327 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3328 // purposes. 3329 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3330 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3331 3332 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3333 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3334 RecordDef, AS_none, 3335 Chain, true)) 3336 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3337 3338 return Anon; 3339} 3340 3341/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3342/// given Declarator. 3343DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3344 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3345} 3346 3347/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3348DeclarationNameInfo 3349Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3350 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3351 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3352 3353 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3354 3355 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3356 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3357 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3358 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3359 return NameInfo; 3360 3361 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3362 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3363 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3364 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3365 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3366 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3367 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3368 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3369 return NameInfo; 3370 3371 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3372 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3373 Name.Identifier)); 3374 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3375 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3376 return NameInfo; 3377 3378 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3379 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3380 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3381 if (Ty.isNull()) 3382 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3383 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3384 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3385 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3386 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3387 return NameInfo; 3388 } 3389 3390 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3391 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3392 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3393 if (Ty.isNull()) 3394 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3395 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3396 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3397 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3398 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3399 return NameInfo; 3400 } 3401 3402 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3403 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3404 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3405 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3406 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3407 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3408 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3409 3410 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3411 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3412 3413 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3414 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3415 // was qualified. 3416 3417 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3418 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3419 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3420 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3421 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3422 return NameInfo; 3423 } 3424 3425 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3426 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3427 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3428 if (Ty.isNull()) 3429 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3430 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3431 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3432 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3433 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3434 return NameInfo; 3435 } 3436 3437 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3438 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3439 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3440 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3441 } 3442 3443 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3444 3445 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3446} 3447 3448static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3449 do { 3450 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3451 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3452 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3453 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3454 else 3455 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3456 } while (true); 3457} 3458 3459/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3460/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3461/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3462/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3463/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3464/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3465/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3466static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3467 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3468 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3469 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3470 Params.clear(); 3471 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3472 return false; 3473 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3474 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3475 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3476 3477 // The parameter types are identical 3478 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3479 continue; 3480 3481 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3482 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3483 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3484 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3485 3486 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3487 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3488 Params.push_back(Idx); 3489 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3490 return false; 3491 } 3492 3493 return true; 3494} 3495 3496/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3497/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3498/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3499/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3500/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3501static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3502 DeclarationName Name) { 3503 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3504 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3505 // - types which will become injected class names 3506 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3507 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3508 // few cases here. 3509 3510 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3511 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3512 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3513 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3514 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3515 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3516 // Grab the type from the parser. 3517 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3518 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3519 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3520 3521 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3522 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3523 // attached already. 3524 if (!TSI) 3525 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3526 3527 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3528 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3529 if (!TSI) return true; 3530 3531 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3532 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3533 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3534 break; 3535 } 3536 3537 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3538 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3539 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3540 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3541 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3542 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3543 break; 3544 } 3545 3546 default: 3547 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3548 break; 3549 } 3550 3551 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3552 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3553 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3554 3555 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3556 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3557 // pointer. 3558 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3559 continue; 3560 3561 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3562 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3563 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3564 return true; 3565 } 3566 3567 return false; 3568} 3569 3570Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3571 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3572 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3573 3574 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3575 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3576 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3577 3578 return Dcl; 3579} 3580 3581/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3582/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3583/// name different from T: 3584/// - every static data member of class T; 3585/// - every member function of class T 3586/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3587/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3588bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3589 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3590 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3591 3592 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3593 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3594 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3595 return true; 3596 } 3597 3598 return false; 3599} 3600 3601/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3602/// nested-name-specifier. 3603/// 3604/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3605/// 3606/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3607/// resolves. 3608/// 3609/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3610/// 3611/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3612/// 3613/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3614bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3615 DeclarationName Name, 3616 SourceLocation Loc) { 3617 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3618 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3619 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3620 3621 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3622 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3623 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3624 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3625 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3626 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3627 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3628 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3629 3630 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3631 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3632 // 3633 // class X { 3634 // void X::f(); 3635 // }; 3636 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3637 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3638 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3639 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3640 SS.clear(); 3641 return false; 3642 } 3643 3644 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3645 // declaration. 3646 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3647 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3648 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3649 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3650 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3652 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3653 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3655 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3656 else 3657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3658 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3659 3660 return true; 3661 } 3662 3663 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3664 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3666 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3667 SS.clear(); 3668 3669 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3670 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3671 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3672 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3673 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3674 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3675 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3676 return true; 3677 3678 return false; 3679 } 3680 3681 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3682 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3683 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3684 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3685 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3686 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3687 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3688 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3690 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3691 3692 return false; 3693} 3694 3695NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3696 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3697 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3698 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3699 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3700 3701 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3702 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3703 if (!Name) { 3704 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3705 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3706 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3707 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3708 return 0; 3709 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3710 return 0; 3711 3712 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3713 // we find one that is. 3714 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3715 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3716 S = S->getParent(); 3717 3718 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3719 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3720 D.setInvalidType(); 3721 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3722 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3723 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3724 return 0; 3725 3726 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3727 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3728 if (!DC) { 3729 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3730 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3731 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3732 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3734 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3735 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3736 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3737 return 0; 3738 } 3739 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3740 3741 if (!IsDependentContext && 3742 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3743 return 0; 3744 3745 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3746 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3747 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3748 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3749 D.setInvalidType(); 3750 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3751 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3752 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3753 if (DC->isRecord()) 3754 return 0; 3755 3756 D.setInvalidType(); 3757 } 3758 } 3759 3760 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3761 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3762 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3763 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3764 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3765 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3766 D.setInvalidType(); 3767 } 3768 } 3769 3770 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3771 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3772 // Just return early; it's safer. 3773 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3774 return 0; 3775 3776 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3777 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3778 3779 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3780 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3781 D.setInvalidType(); 3782 3783 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3784 ForRedeclaration); 3785 3786 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3787 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3788 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3789 3790 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3791 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3792 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3793 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3794 /* Do nothing*/; 3795 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3796 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3797 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3798 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3799 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3800 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3801 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3802 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3803 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3804 3805 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3806 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3807 3808 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3809 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3810 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3811 3812 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3813 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3814 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3815 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3816 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3817 // thereof; [...] 3818 // 3819 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3820 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3821 // we want to match. For example, given: 3822 // 3823 // class X { 3824 // void f(); 3825 // void f(float); 3826 // }; 3827 // 3828 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3829 // 3830 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3831 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3832 // matches. 3833 3834 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3835 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3836 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3837 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3838 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3839 } 3840 3841 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3842 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3843 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3844 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3845 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3846 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3847 3848 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3849 Previous.clear(); 3850 } 3851 3852 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3853 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3854 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3855 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3856 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3857 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3858 Previous.clear(); 3859 3860 NamedDecl *New; 3861 3862 bool AddToScope = true; 3863 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3864 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3865 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3866 return 0; 3867 } 3868 3869 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3870 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3871 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3872 TemplateParamLists, 3873 AddToScope); 3874 } else { 3875 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3876 TemplateParamLists); 3877 } 3878 3879 if (New == 0) 3880 return 0; 3881 3882 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3883 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3884 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3885 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3886 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3887 3888 return New; 3889} 3890 3891/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3892/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3893/// GCC compatibility). 3894static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3895 ASTContext &Context, 3896 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3897 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3898 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3899 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3900 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3901 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3902 SizeIsNegative = false; 3903 Oversized = 0; 3904 3905 if (T->isDependentType()) 3906 return QualType(); 3907 3908 QualifierCollector Qs; 3909 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3910 3911 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3912 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3913 QualType FixedType = 3914 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3915 Oversized); 3916 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3917 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3918 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3919 } 3920 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3921 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3922 QualType FixedType = 3923 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3924 Oversized); 3925 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3926 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3927 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3928 } 3929 3930 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3931 if (!VLATy) 3932 return QualType(); 3933 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3934 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3935 return QualType(); 3936 3937 llvm::APSInt Res; 3938 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3939 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3940 return QualType(); 3941 3942 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3943 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3944 SizeIsNegative = true; 3945 return QualType(); 3946 } 3947 3948 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3949 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3950 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3951 Res); 3952 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3953 Oversized = Res; 3954 return QualType(); 3955 } 3956 3957 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3958 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3959} 3960 3961static void 3962FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3963 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3964 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3965 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3966 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3967 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3968 return; 3969 } 3970 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3971 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3972 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3973 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3974 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3975 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3976 return; 3977 } 3978 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3979 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3980 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3981 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3982 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3983 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3984 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3985 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3986} 3987 3988/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3989/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3990/// GCC compatibility). 3991static TypeSourceInfo* 3992TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3993 ASTContext &Context, 3994 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3995 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3996 QualType FixedTy 3997 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3998 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3999 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4000 return 0; 4001 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4002 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4003 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4004 return FixedTInfo; 4005} 4006 4007/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4008/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4009void 4010Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4011 const LookupResult &Previous, 4012 Scope *S) { 4013 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4014 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4015 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4016 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4017 4018 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4019 return; 4020 4021 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4022 4023 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4024 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4025 // declaration. 4026 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4027 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4028 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4029 4030 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4031 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4032 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4033 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4034 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4035 4036 } else { 4037 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4038 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4039 S = S->getParent(); 4040 } 4041 4042 if (S) 4043 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4044 } 4045} 4046 4047llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4048Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4049 if (ExternalSource) { 4050 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4051 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4052 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4053 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4054 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4055 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4056 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4057 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4058 } 4059 } 4060 4061 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4062} 4063 4064/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4065/// does not identify a function. 4066void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4067 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4068 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4069 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4070 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4071 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4072 4073 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4074 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4075 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4076 4077 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4078 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4079 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4080} 4081 4082NamedDecl* 4083Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4084 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4085 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4086 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4087 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4088 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4089 D.setInvalidType(); 4090 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4091 DC = CurContext; 4092 Previous.clear(); 4093 } 4094 4095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4096 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4097 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4098 } 4099 4100 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4101 4102 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4103 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4104 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4105 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4106 << 1; 4107 4108 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4109 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4110 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4111 return 0; 4112 } 4113 4114 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4115 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4116 4117 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4118 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4119 4120 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4121 4122 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4123 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4124 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4125 return ND; 4126} 4127 4128void 4129Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4130 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4131 // then it shall have block scope. 4132 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4133 // that redeclarations will match. 4134 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4135 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4136 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4137 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4138 4139 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4140 bool SizeIsNegative; 4141 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4142 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4143 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4144 SizeIsNegative, 4145 Oversized); 4146 if (FixedTInfo) { 4147 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4148 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4149 } else { 4150 if (SizeIsNegative) 4151 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4152 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4153 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4154 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4155 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4156 << Oversized.toString(10); 4157 else 4158 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4159 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4160 } 4161 } 4162 } 4163} 4164 4165 4166/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4167/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4168/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4169NamedDecl* 4170Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4171 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4172 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4173 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4174 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4175 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4176 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4177 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4178 Redeclaration = true; 4179 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4180 } 4181 4182 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4183 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4184 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4185 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4186 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4187 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4188 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4189 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4190 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4191 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4192 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4193 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4194 } 4195 4196 return NewTD; 4197} 4198 4199/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4200/// previous declaration. 4201/// 4202/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4203/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4204/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4205/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4206/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4207/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4208/// 4209/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4210/// lookup 4211/// 4212/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4213/// declared. 4214/// 4215/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4216/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4217static bool 4218isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4219 ASTContext &Context) { 4220 if (!PrevDecl) 4221 return false; 4222 4223 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4224 return false; 4225 4226 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4227 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4228 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4229 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4230 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4231 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4232 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4233 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4234 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4235 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4236 return false; 4237 4238 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4239 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4240 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4241 return false; 4242 4243 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4244 // previous declarations. 4245 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4246 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4247 4248 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4249 // isn't the same function. 4250 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4251 return false; 4252 } 4253 4254 return true; 4255} 4256 4257static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4258 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4259 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4260 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4261} 4262 4263bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4264 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4265 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4266 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4267 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4268 unsigned kind = -1U; 4269 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4270 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4271 kind = 0; // __block 4272 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4273 kind = 1; // global 4274 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4275 kind = 3; // ivar 4276 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4277 kind = 2; // field 4278 } 4279 4280 if (kind != -1U) { 4281 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4282 << kind; 4283 } 4284 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4285 // Try to infer lifetime. 4286 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4287 return false; 4288 4289 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4290 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4291 decl->setType(type); 4292 } 4293 4294 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4295 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4296 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4297 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4298 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4299 << var->getType(); 4300 return true; 4301 } 4302 } 4303 4304 return false; 4305} 4306 4307NamedDecl* 4308Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4309 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4310 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4311 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4312 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4313 4314 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4315 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4316 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4317 4318 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4319 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4320 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4321 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4322 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4323 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4324 // an error here 4325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4326 D.setInvalidType(); 4327 SC = SC_None; 4328 } 4329 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4330 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4331 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4332 4333 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4334 if (!II) { 4335 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4336 << Name; 4337 return 0; 4338 } 4339 4340 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4341 4342 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4343 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4344 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4345 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4346 4347 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4348 // is a GNU extension. 4349 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4350 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4351 else 4352 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4353 D.setInvalidType(); 4354 } 4355 } 4356 4357 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4358 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4359 // OpenCL __local address space. 4360 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4361 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4362 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4363 } 4364 } 4365 4366 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4367 VarDecl *NewVD; 4368 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4369 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4370 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4371 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4372 4373 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4374 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4375 } else { 4376 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4377 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4378 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4379 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4380 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4381 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4382 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4383 SC = SC_Static; 4384 } 4385 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4386 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4387 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4388 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4389 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4390 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4391 4392 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4393 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4394 if (RD->isUnion()) 4395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4396 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4397 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4398 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4399 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4400 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4401 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4402 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4403 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4404 } 4405 } 4406 4407 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4408 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4409 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4410 bool Invalid = false; 4411 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4412 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4413 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4414 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4415 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4416 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4417 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4418 /*never a friend*/ false, 4419 isExplicitSpecialization, 4420 Invalid)) { 4421 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4422 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4423 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4424 << II 4425 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4426 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4427 return 0; 4428 } else { 4429 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4430 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4431 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4432 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4433 << II 4434 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4435 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4436 } 4437 } 4438 4439 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4440 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4441 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4442 4443 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4444 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4445 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4446 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4447 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4448 4449 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4450 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4451 4452 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4453 4454 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4455 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4456 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4457 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4458 } 4459 4460 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4461 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4462 } 4463 4464 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4465 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4466 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4467 4468 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4469 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4470 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4471 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4472 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4473 else 4474 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4475 } 4476 4477 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4478 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4479 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4480 << 2 4481 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4482 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4483 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4484 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4485 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4486 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4487 else 4488 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4489 } 4490 4491 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4492 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4493 4494 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4495 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4496 // storage [duration]." 4497 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4498 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4499 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4500 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4501 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4502 } 4503 } 4504 4505 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4506 // retainable type. 4507 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4508 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4509 4510 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4511 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4512 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4513 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4514 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4515 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4516 switch (SC) { 4517 case SC_None: 4518 case SC_Auto: 4519 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4520 break; 4521 case SC_Register: 4522 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4523 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4524 break; 4525 case SC_Static: 4526 case SC_Extern: 4527 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4528 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4529 break; 4530 } 4531 } 4532 4533 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4534 Context, Label)); 4535 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4536 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4537 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4538 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4539 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4540 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4541 } 4542 } 4543 4544 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4545 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4546 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4547 4548 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4549 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4550 // declaration has linkage). 4551 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4552 isExplicitSpecialization); 4553 4554 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4555 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4556 } else { 4557 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4558 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4559 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4560 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4561 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4562 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4563 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4564 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4565 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4566 Previous.clear(); 4567 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4568 } 4569 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4570 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4571 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4572 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4573 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4574 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4575 } 4576 4577 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4578 4579 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4580 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4581 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4582 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4583 } 4584 4585 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4586 // such variables. 4587 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4588 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4589 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4590 4591 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4592 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4593 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4594 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4595 4596 return NewVD; 4597} 4598 4599/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4600/// -Wshadow. 4601/// 4602/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4603/// scope. 4604/// 4605/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4606/// \param R the lookup of the name 4607/// 4608void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4609 // Return if warning is ignored. 4610 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4611 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4612 return; 4613 4614 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4615 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4616 return; 4617 4618 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4619 4620 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4621 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4622 return; 4623 4624 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4625 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4626 return; 4627 4628 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4629 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4630 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4631 if (MD->isStatic()) 4632 return; 4633 4634 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4635 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4636 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4637 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4638 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4639 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4640 I != E; ++I) 4641 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4642 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4643 break; 4644 } 4645 } 4646 4647 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4648 4649 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4650 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4651 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4652 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4653 return; 4654 4655 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4656 // static data members from base classes? 4657 4658 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4659 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4660 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4661 } 4662 4663 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4664 unsigned Kind; 4665 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4666 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4667 Kind = 3; // field 4668 else 4669 Kind = 2; // static data member 4670 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4671 Kind = 1; // global 4672 else 4673 Kind = 0; // local 4674 4675 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4676 4677 // Emit warning and note. 4678 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4679 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4680} 4681 4682/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4683void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4684 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4685 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4686 return; 4687 4688 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4689 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4690 LookupName(R, S); 4691 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4692} 4693 4694/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4695/// declaration. 4696/// 4697/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4698/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4699/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4700/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4701/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4702/// 4703/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4704/// 4705/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4706bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4707 LookupResult &Previous) { 4708 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4709 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4710 return false; 4711 4712 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4713 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4714 4715 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4716 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4717 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4718 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4719 NewVD->setType(T); 4720 } 4721 4722 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4723 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4724 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4725 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4726 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4727 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4728 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4729 return false; 4730 } 4731 4732 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4733 // scope. 4734 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4735 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4736 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4737 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4738 return false; 4739 } 4740 4741 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4742 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4743 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4744 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4745 else { 4746 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4747 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4748 } 4749 } 4750 4751 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4752 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4753 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4754 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4755 4756 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4757 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4758 bool SizeIsNegative; 4759 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4760 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4761 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4762 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4763 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4764 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4765 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4766 // int a[10][n]; 4767 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4768 4769 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4770 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4771 << SizeRange; 4772 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4773 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4774 << SizeRange; 4775 else 4776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4777 << SizeRange; 4778 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4779 return false; 4780 } 4781 4782 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4783 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4784 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4785 else 4786 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4787 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4788 return false; 4789 } 4790 4791 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4792 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4793 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4794 } 4795 4796 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4797 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4798 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4799 // declaration with the same name. 4800 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4801 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4802 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4803 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4804 } 4805 4806 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 4807 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 4808 4809 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4810 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4811 << T; 4812 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4813 return false; 4814 } 4815 4816 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4817 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4818 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4819 return false; 4820 } 4821 4822 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4823 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4824 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4825 return false; 4826 } 4827 4828 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4829 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4830 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4831 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4832 return false; 4833 } 4834 4835 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4836 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4837 return true; 4838 } 4839 return false; 4840} 4841 4842/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4843struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4844 Sema *S; 4845 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4846}; 4847 4848/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4849/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4850/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4851static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4852 CXXBasePath &Path, 4853 void *UserData) { 4854 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4855 4856 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4857 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4858 4859 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4860 4861 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4862 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4863 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4864 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4865 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4866 4867 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4868 } 4869 4870 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4871 !Path.Decls.empty(); 4872 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 4873 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 4874 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4875 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4876 return true; 4877 } 4878 } 4879 4880 return false; 4881} 4882 4883namespace { 4884 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4885} 4886/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4887/// overriden methods. 4888/// 4889/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4890/// \param MD the overriding method. 4891/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4892static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4893 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4894 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4895 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4896 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4897 I != E; ++I) { 4898 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4899 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4900 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4901 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4902 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4903 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4904 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4905 } 4906} 4907 4908/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4909/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4910bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4911 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4912 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4913 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4914 Data.Method = MD; 4915 Data.S = this; 4916 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4917 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4918 bool AddedAny = false; 4919 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4920 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4921 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4922 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4923 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4924 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4925 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 4926 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4927 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4928 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4929 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4930 AddedAny = true; 4931 } 4932 } 4933 } 4934 } 4935 4936 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4937 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4938 } 4939 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4940 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4941 } 4942 4943 return AddedAny; 4944} 4945 4946namespace { 4947 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4948 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4949 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4950 Scope *S; 4951 Declarator &D; 4952 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4953 bool AddToScope; 4954 }; 4955} 4956 4957namespace { 4958 4959// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4960// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4961class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4962 public: 4963 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4964 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4965 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4966 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4967 4968 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4969 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4970 return false; 4971 4972 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4973 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4974 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4975 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4976 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4977 4978 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4979 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4980 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4981 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4982 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4983 return true; 4984 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4985 return true; 4986 } 4987 } 4988 } 4989 4990 return false; 4991 } 4992 4993 private: 4994 ASTContext &Context; 4995 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4996 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4997}; 4998 4999} 5000 5001/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5002/// 5003/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5004/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5005/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5006/// the same name. 5007/// 5008/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5009/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5010static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5011 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5012 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5013 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5014 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5015 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5016 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5017 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5018 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5019 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5020 TypoCorrection Correction; 5021 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5022 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5023 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5024 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5025 5026 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5027 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5028 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5029 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5030 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5031 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5032 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5033 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5034 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5035 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5036 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5037 if (FD && 5038 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5039 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5040 // involve a parameter 5041 unsigned ParamNum = 5042 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5043 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5044 } 5045 } 5046 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5047 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5048 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5049 Validator, NewDC))) { 5050 // Trap errors. 5051 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5052 5053 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5054 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5055 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5056 Previous.clear(); 5057 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5058 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5059 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5060 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5061 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5062 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5063 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5064 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5065 } 5066 } 5067 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5068 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5069 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5070 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5071 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5072 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5073 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5074 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5075 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5076 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5077 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5078 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5079 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5080 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5081 Previous.clear(); 5082 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5083 Result = NULL; 5084 } else { 5085 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5086 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5087 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5088 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5089 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5093 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5094 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5095 } else { 5096 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5097 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5098 } 5099 } 5100 5101 if (Correction) { 5102 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5103 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5104 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5105 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5106 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5107 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5108 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5109 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5110 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5111 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5112 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5113 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5114 } else { 5115 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5116 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5117 } 5118 5119 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5120 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5121 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5122 5123 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5124 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5125 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5126 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5127 bool FDisConst = false; 5128 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5129 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5130 5131 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5132 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5133 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5134 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5135 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5136 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5137 } else if (Correction) { 5138 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5139 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5140 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5141 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5142 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5143 } else 5144 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5145 } 5146 return Result; 5147} 5148 5149static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5150 Declarator &D) { 5151 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5152 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5153 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5154 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5155 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5156 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5157 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5158 D.setInvalidType(); 5159 break; 5160 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5161 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5162 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5163 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5164 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5165 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5166 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5167 // other than extern 5168 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5169 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5170 diag::err_static_block_func); 5171 break; 5172 } else 5173 return SC_Static; 5174 } 5175 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5176 } 5177 5178 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5179 return SC_None; 5180} 5181 5182static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5183 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5184 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5185 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5186 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5187 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5188 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5189 5190 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5191 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5192 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5193 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5194 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5195 5196 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5197 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5198 // prototype. This true when: 5199 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5200 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5201 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5202 bool HasPrototype = 5203 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5204 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5205 5206 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5207 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5208 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5209 HasPrototype); 5210 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5211 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5212 5213 // Set the lexical context. 5214 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5215 5216 return NewFD; 5217 } 5218 5219 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5220 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5221 5222 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5223 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5224 // the class has been completely parsed. 5225 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5226 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5227 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5228 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5229 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5230 D.setInvalidType(); 5231 5232 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5233 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5234 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5235 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5236 5237 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5238 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5239 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5240 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5241 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5242 isConstexpr); 5243 5244 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5245 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5246 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5247 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5248 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5249 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5250 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5251 D.getLocStart(), 5252 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5253 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5254 5255 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5256 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5257 // it yet. 5258 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5259 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5260 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5261 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5262 } 5263 5264 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5265 return NewDD; 5266 5267 } else { 5268 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5269 D.setInvalidType(); 5270 5271 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5272 // code path. 5273 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5274 D.getLocStart(), 5275 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5276 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5277 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5278 } 5279 5280 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5281 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5282 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5283 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5284 return 0; 5285 } 5286 5287 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5288 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5289 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5290 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5291 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5292 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5293 5294 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5295 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5296 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5297 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5298 // constructor if it has no return type). 5299 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5300 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5301 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5302 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5303 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5304 return 0; 5305 } 5306 5307 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5308 5309 // [class.free]p1: 5310 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5311 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5312 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5313 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5314 isStatic = true; 5315 5316 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5317 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5318 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5319 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5320 isStatic = true; 5321 5322 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5323 5324 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5325 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5326 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5327 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5328 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5329 5330 } else { 5331 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5332 // prototype. This true when: 5333 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5334 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5335 D.getLocStart(), 5336 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5337 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5338 } 5339} 5340 5341void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5342 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5343 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5344 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5345 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5346 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5347 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5348 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5349 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5350 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5351 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5352 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5353 << IsTypeAlias; 5354 } 5355} 5356 5357NamedDecl* 5358Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5359 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5360 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5361 bool &AddToScope) { 5362 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5363 5364 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5365 5366 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5367 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5368 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5369 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5370 5371 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5372 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5373 5374 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5375 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5376 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5377 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5378 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5379 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5380 5381 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5382 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5383 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5384 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5385 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5386 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5387 } 5388 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5389 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5390 } 5391 5392 bool isFriend = false; 5393 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5394 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5395 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5396 5397 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5398 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5399 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5400 5401 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5402 5403 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5404 isVirtualOkay); 5405 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5406 5407 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5408 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5409 5410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5411 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5412 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5413 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5414 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5415 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5416 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5417 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5418 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5419 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5420 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5421 } 5422 5423 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5424 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5425 // return true). 5426 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5427 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5428 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5429 NewFD->setPure(true); 5430 } 5431 5432 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5433 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5434 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5435 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5436 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5437 5438 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5439 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5440 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5441 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5442 5443 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5444 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5445 bool Invalid = false; 5446 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5447 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5448 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5449 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5450 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5451 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5452 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5453 isFriend, 5454 isExplicitSpecialization, 5455 Invalid)) { 5456 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5457 // This is a function template 5458 5459 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5460 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5461 return 0; 5462 5463 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5464 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5465 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5466 return 0; 5467 } 5468 5469 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5470 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5471 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5472 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5473 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5474 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5475 Invalid = true; 5476 } 5477 5478 5479 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5480 NewFD->getLocation(), 5481 Name, TemplateParams, 5482 NewFD); 5483 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5484 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5485 5486 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5487 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5488 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5489 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5490 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5491 } 5492 } else { 5493 // This is a function template specialization. 5494 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5495 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5496 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5497 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5498 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5499 5500 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5501 if (isFriend) { 5502 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5503 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5504 5505 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5506 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5507 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5508 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5509 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5510 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5511 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5512 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5513 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5514 } 5515 5516 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5517 << Name << RemoveRange 5518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5519 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5520 } 5521 } 5522 } 5523 else { 5524 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5525 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5526 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5527 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5528 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5529 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5530 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5531 } 5532 5533 if (Invalid) { 5534 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5535 if (FunctionTemplate) 5536 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5537 } 5538 5539 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5540 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5541 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5542 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5543 // 5544 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5545 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5546 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5547 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5548 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5549 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5550 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5551 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5552 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5553 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5554 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5555 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5556 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5557 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5558 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5559 } else { 5560 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5561 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5562 } 5563 } 5564 5565 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5566 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5567 // declaration. 5568 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5569 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5570 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5571 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5572 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5573 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5574 } 5575 } 5576 5577 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5578 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5579 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5580 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5581 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5582 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5583 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5584 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5585 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5586 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5587 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5588 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5589 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5590 // or conversion function. 5591 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5592 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5593 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5594 } 5595 } 5596 5597 if (isConstexpr) { 5598 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5599 // are implicitly inline. 5600 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5601 5602 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5603 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5604 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5605 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5606 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5607 } 5608 5609 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5610 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5611 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5612 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5613 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5614 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5615 << 0 5616 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5617 } else { 5618 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5619 if (FunctionTemplate) 5620 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5621 } 5622 } 5623 5624 if (isFriend) { 5625 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5626 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5627 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5628 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5629 } 5630 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5631 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5632 } 5633 5634 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5635 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5636 case FDK_Declaration: 5637 case FDK_Definition: 5638 break; 5639 5640 case FDK_Defaulted: 5641 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5642 break; 5643 5644 case FDK_Deleted: 5645 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5646 break; 5647 } 5648 5649 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5650 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5651 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5652 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5653 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5654 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5655 } 5656 5657 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5658 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5659 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5660 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5661 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5662 // the class. 5663 5664 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5665 // member function definition. 5666 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5667 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5668 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5669 } 5670 5671 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5672 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5673 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5674 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5675 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5676 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5677 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5678 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5679 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5680 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5681 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5682 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5683 } 5684 } 5685 5686 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5687 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5688 isExplicitSpecialization || 5689 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5690 5691 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5692 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5693 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5694 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5695 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5696 SE->getString())); 5697 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5698 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5699 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5700 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5701 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5702 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5703 } 5704 } 5705 5706 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5707 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5708 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5709 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5710 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5711 5712 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5713 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5714 // single void argument. 5715 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5716 // already checks for that case. 5717 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5718 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5719 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5720 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5721 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5722 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5723 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5724 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5725 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5726 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5727 Params.push_back(Param); 5728 5729 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5730 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5731 } 5732 } 5733 5734 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5735 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5736 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5737 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5738 // 5739 // @code 5740 // typedef void fn(int); 5741 // fn f; 5742 // @endcode 5743 5744 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5745 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5746 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5747 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5748 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5749 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5750 Params.push_back(Param); 5751 } 5752 } else { 5753 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5754 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5755 } 5756 5757 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5758 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5759 5760 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5761 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5762 // 5763 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5764 // 5765 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5766 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5767 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5768 5769 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5770 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5771 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5772 5773 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5774 // because all functions have linkage. 5775 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5776 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5777 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5778 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5779 } 5780 5781 // Handle attributes. 5782 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5783 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5784 5785 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5786 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5787 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5788 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5789 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5790 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5791 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5792 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5793 Context)); 5794 } 5795 } 5796 5797 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5798 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5799 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5800 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5801 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5802 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5803 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5804 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5805 } 5806 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5807 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5808 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5809 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5810 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5811 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5812 } else { 5813 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5814 // argument list into our AST format. 5815 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5816 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5817 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5818 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5819 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5820 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5821 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5822 TemplateArgs); 5823 5824 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5825 5826 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5827 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5828 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5829 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5830 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5831 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5832 5833 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5834 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5835 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5836 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5837 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5838 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5839 // too few of them). 5840 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5841 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5842 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5843 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5844 "template<> "); 5845 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5846 } else { 5847 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5848 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5849 } 5850 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5851 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5852 // wrote something like: 5853 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5854 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5855 // friend void foo<>(int); 5856 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5857 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5858 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5859 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5860 } 5861 5862 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5863 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5864 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5865 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5866 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5867 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5868 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5869 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5870 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5871 InstantiationDependent))) { 5872 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5873 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5874 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5875 Previous)) 5876 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5877 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5878 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5879 && !isFriend) { 5880 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5881 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5882 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5883 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5884 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5885 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5886 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5887 Previous)) 5888 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5889 5890 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5891 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5892 // specialization (14.7.3) 5893 if (SC != SC_None) { 5894 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5895 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5896 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5897 << SC 5898 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5899 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5900 5901 else 5902 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5903 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5904 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5905 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5906 } 5907 5908 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5909 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5910 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5911 } 5912 5913 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5914 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5915 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5916 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5917 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5918 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5919 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5920 } else { 5921 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5922 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5923 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5924 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5925 } 5926 } 5927 5928 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5929 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5930 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5931 5932 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5933 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5934 : NewFD); 5935 5936 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5937 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5938 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5939 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5940 5941 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5942 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5943 5944 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5945 } 5946 5947 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5948 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5949 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5950 5951 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5952 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5953 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5954 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5955 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5956 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5957 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5958 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5959 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5960 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5961 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5962 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5963 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5964 DC->isDependentContext()) 5965 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5966 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5967 } 5968 5969 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5970 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5971 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5972 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5973 AddToScope }; 5974 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5975 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5976 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5977 5978 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5979 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5980 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5981 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5982 5983 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5984 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5985 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5986 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5987 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5988 // can actually do this check immediately. 5989 if (isFriend && 5990 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5991 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5992 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5993 // ignore these 5994 } else { 5995 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5996 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5997 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5998 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5999 // 6000 // class X { 6001 // void f() const; 6002 // }; 6003 // 6004 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6005 // 6006 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6007 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6008 // whether the parameter types are references). 6009 6010 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6011 NewFD, 6012 ExtraArgs)) { 6013 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6014 return Result; 6015 } 6016 } 6017 6018 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6019 // to something. 6020 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6021 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6022 NewFD, 6023 ExtraArgs)) { 6024 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6025 return Result; 6026 } 6027 } 6028 6029 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6030 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6031 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6032 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6033 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6034 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6035 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6036 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6037 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6038 // generate them. 6039 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6040 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6041 } 6042 } 6043 6044 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6045 6046 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6047 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6048 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6049 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6050 << NewFD; 6051 6052 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6053 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6054 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6055 EPI.Variadic = true; 6056 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6057 6058 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6059 NewFD->setType(R); 6060 } 6061 6062 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6063 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6064 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6065 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6066 6067 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6068 // marking the function. 6069 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6070 6071 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6072 // map of such names. 6073 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6074 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6075 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6076 6077 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6078 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6079 6080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6081 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6082 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6083 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6084 return FunctionTemplate; 6085 } 6086 } 6087 6088 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6089 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6090 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 6091 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6092 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6093 D.setInvalidType(); 6094 } 6095 6096 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6097 6098 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6099 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6100 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6101 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6102 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6103 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6104 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6105 6106 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6107 } 6108 } 6109 6110 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6111 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6112 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6113 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6114 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6115 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6116 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6117 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6118 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6119 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6120 AddToScope = false; 6121 } 6122 6123 return NewFD; 6124} 6125 6126/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6127/// 6128/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6129/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6130/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6131/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6132/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6133/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6134/// via InstantiateDecl). 6135/// 6136/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6137/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6138/// 6139/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6140/// 6141/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6142bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6143 LookupResult &Previous, 6144 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6145 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6146 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6147 6148 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6149 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 6150 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 6151 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 6152 // declaration with the same name. 6153 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6154 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6155 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6156 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6157 } 6158 6159 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6160 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6161 6162 bool Redeclaration = false; 6163 6164 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6165 // the same name, if appropriate. 6166 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6167 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6168 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6169 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6170 // function to the scope. 6171 6172 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6173 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6174 Redeclaration = true; 6175 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6176 } else { 6177 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6178 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6179 case Ovl_Match: 6180 Redeclaration = true; 6181 break; 6182 6183 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6184 Redeclaration = true; 6185 break; 6186 6187 case Ovl_Overload: 6188 Redeclaration = false; 6189 break; 6190 } 6191 6192 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6193 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6194 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6195 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6196 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6197 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6198 if (Redeclaration) 6199 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6200 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6201 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6202 if (OverloadedDecl) 6203 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6204 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6205 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6206 Context)); 6207 } 6208 } 6209 6210 if (Redeclaration) { 6211 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6212 // merged. 6213 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6215 return Redeclaration; 6216 } 6217 6218 Previous.clear(); 6219 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6220 6221 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6222 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6223 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6224 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6225 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6226 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6227 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6228 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6229 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6230 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6231 } 6232 6233 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6234 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6235 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6236 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6237 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6238 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6239 } 6240 6241 } else { 6242 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6243 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6244 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6245 } 6246 } 6247 } 6248 6249 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6250 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6251 // C++-specific checks. 6252 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6253 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6254 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6255 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6256 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6257 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6258 6259 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6260 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6261 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6262 DeclarationName Name 6263 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6264 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6265 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6266 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6267 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6268 return Redeclaration; 6269 } 6270 } 6271 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6272 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6273 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6274 } 6275 6276 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6277 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6278 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6279 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6280 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6281 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6282 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6283 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6284 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6285 } 6286 } 6287 } 6288 6289 if (Method->isStatic()) 6290 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6291 } 6292 6293 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6294 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6295 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6296 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6297 return Redeclaration; 6298 } 6299 6300 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6301 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6302 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6303 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6304 return Redeclaration; 6305 } 6306 6307 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6308 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6309 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6310 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6311 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6312 6313 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6314 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6315 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6316 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6317 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6318 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6319 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6320 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6321 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6322 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6323 } 6324 } 6325 6326 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6327 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6328 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6329 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6330 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6331 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6332 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6333 << NewFD << R; 6334 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6335 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6336 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6337 } 6338 } 6339 return Redeclaration; 6340} 6341 6342void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6343 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6344 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6345 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6346 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6347 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6348 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6349 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6350 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6351 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6352 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6353 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6354 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6355 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6356 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6357 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6358 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6359 } 6360 6361 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6362 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6363 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6364 6365 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6366 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6367 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6368 // set the flag which tells us that. 6369 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6370 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6371 6372 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6373 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6374 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6375 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6376 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6377 6378 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6379 } else { 6380 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6381 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6382 } 6383 6384 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6385 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6386 6387 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6388 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6389 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6390 6391 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6392 6393 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6394 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6395 // getting shifty. 6396 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6397 HasExtraParameters = false; 6398 6399 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6400 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6401 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6402 nparams = 3; 6403 } 6404 6405 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6406 // if we had some location information about types. 6407 6408 QualType CharPP = 6409 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6410 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6411 6412 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6413 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6414 6415 bool mismatch = true; 6416 6417 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6418 mismatch = false; 6419 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6420 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6421 // char const ** 6422 // char const * const * 6423 // char * const * 6424 6425 QualifierCollector qs; 6426 const PointerType* PT; 6427 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6428 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6429 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6430 qs.removeConst(); 6431 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6432 } 6433 } 6434 6435 if (mismatch) { 6436 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6437 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6438 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6439 } 6440 } 6441 6442 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6443 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6444 } 6445 6446 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6447 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6448 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6449 } 6450} 6451 6452bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6453 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6454 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6455 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6456 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6457 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6458 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6459 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6460 // rules there don't matter.) 6461 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6462 return false; 6463 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6464 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6465 return true; 6466} 6467 6468namespace { 6469 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6470 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6471 class SelfReferenceChecker 6472 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6473 Sema &S; 6474 Decl *OrigDecl; 6475 bool isRecordType; 6476 bool isPODType; 6477 bool isReferenceType; 6478 6479 public: 6480 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6481 6482 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6483 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6484 isPODType = false; 6485 isRecordType = false; 6486 isReferenceType = false; 6487 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6488 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6489 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6490 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6491 } 6492 } 6493 6494 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6495 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6496 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6497 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6498 if (isReferenceType) 6499 return; 6500 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6501 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6502 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6503 return; 6504 } 6505 6506 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6507 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6508 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6509 return; 6510 } 6511 6512 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6513 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6514 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6515 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6516 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6517 return; 6518 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6519 } 6520 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6521 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6522 return; 6523 } 6524 } 6525 6526 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6527 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6528 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6529 if (isReferenceType) 6530 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6531 } 6532 6533 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6534 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6535 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6536 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6537 6538 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6539 } 6540 6541 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6542 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6543 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6544 6545 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6546 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6547 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6548 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6549 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6550 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6551 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6552 Warn = false; 6553 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6554 } 6555 6556 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6557 if (Warn) 6558 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6559 return; 6560 } 6561 6562 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6563 // Visit that expression. 6564 Visit(Base); 6565 } 6566 6567 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6568 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6569 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6570 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6571 if (!isPODType) 6572 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6573 return; 6574 } 6575 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6576 } 6577 6578 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6579 6580 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6581 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6582 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6583 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6584 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6585 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6586 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6587 S.PDiag(diag) 6588 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6589 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6590 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6591 } 6592 }; 6593 6594 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6595 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6596 bool DirectInit) { 6597 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6598 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6599 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6600 return; 6601 6602 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6603 6604 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6605 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6606 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6607 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6608 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6609 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6610 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6611 return; 6612 6613 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6614 } 6615} 6616 6617/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6618/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6619/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6620void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6621 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6622 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6623 // the initializer. 6624 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6625 return; 6626 6627 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6628 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6629 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6630 // Thus this grotesque test. 6631 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6632 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6633 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6634 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6635 else { 6636 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6637 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6638 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6639 } 6640 return; 6641 } 6642 6643 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6644 if (!VDecl) { 6645 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6646 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6647 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6648 return; 6649 } 6650 6651 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6652 6653 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6654 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6655 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6656 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6657 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6658 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6659 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6660 // contains exactly one expression. 6661 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6662 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6663 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6664 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6665 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6666 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6667 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6668 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6669 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6670 return; 6671 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6672 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6673 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6674 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6675 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6676 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6677 return; 6678 } else { 6679 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6680 } 6681 } 6682 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6683 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6684 DAR_Failed) 6685 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6686 if (!DeducedType) { 6687 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6688 return; 6689 } 6690 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6691 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6692 VDecl->ClearLVCache(); 6693 6694 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6695 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6696 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6697 6698 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6699 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6700 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6701 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6702 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6703 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6704 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6705 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6706 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6707 } 6708 6709 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6710 // the previously declared type. 6711 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6712 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6713 } 6714 6715 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6716 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6717 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6718 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6719 return; 6720 } 6721 6722 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6723 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6724 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6725 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6726 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6727 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6728 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6729 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6730 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6731 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6732 return; 6733 } 6734 6735 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6736 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6737 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6738 AbstractVariableType)) 6739 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6740 } 6741 6742 const VarDecl *Def; 6743 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6744 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6745 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6746 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6747 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6748 return; 6749 } 6750 6751 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6752 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6753 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6754 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6755 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6756 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6757 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6758 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6759 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6760 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6761 // 6762 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6763 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6764 // declaration with an initializer. 6765 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6766 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6767 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6768 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6769 return; 6770 } 6771 6772 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6773 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6774 6775 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6776 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6777 return; 6778 } 6779 } 6780 6781 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6782 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6783 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6784 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6785 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6786 return; 6787 } 6788 6789 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6790 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6791 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6792 6793 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6794 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6795 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6796 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6797 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6798 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6799 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6800 return; 6801 } 6802 Init = Result.take(); 6803 } 6804 6805 // Perform the initialization. 6806 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6807 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6808 InitializationKind Kind 6809 = DirectInit ? 6810 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6811 Init->getLocStart(), 6812 Init->getLocEnd()) 6813 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6814 VDecl->getLocation()) 6815 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6816 Init->getLocStart()); 6817 6818 Expr **Args = &Init; 6819 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6820 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6821 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6822 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6823 } 6824 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6825 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6826 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6827 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6828 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6829 return; 6830 } 6831 6832 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6833 } 6834 6835 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6836 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6837 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6838 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6839 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6840 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6841 } 6842 6843 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6844 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6845 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6846 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6847 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6848 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6849 6850 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6851 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6852 6853 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6854 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6855 6856 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6857 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6858 6859 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6860 // Although this code can still have problems: 6861 // id x = self.weakProp; 6862 // id y = self.weakProp; 6863 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6864 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6865 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6866 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6867 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6868 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6869 Init->getLocStart()); 6870 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6871 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6872 } 6873 } 6874 6875 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6876 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6877 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6878 6879 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6880 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6881 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6882 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6883 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6884 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6885 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6886 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6887 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6888 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6889 // 6890 // struct S { 6891 // static const int value = 17; 6892 // }; 6893 6894 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6895 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6896 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6897 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6898 // 6899 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6900 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6901 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6902 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6903 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6904 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6905 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6906 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6907 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6908 6909 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6910 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6911 6912 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6913 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6914 // type. 6915 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6916 6917 // Require constness. 6918 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6919 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6920 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6921 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6922 6923 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6924 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6925 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6926 SourceLocation Loc; 6927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6928 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6929 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6930 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6931 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6932 ; // Nothing to check. 6933 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6934 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6935 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6936 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6937 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6938 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6939 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6940 } else { 6941 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6942 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6944 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6945 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6946 } 6947 6948 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6949 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6950 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6951 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6952 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 6953 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6954 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6955 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6956 6957 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6958 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6959 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6960 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6961 } 6962 6963 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6964 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6965 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6966 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6967 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6968 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6969 6970 } else { 6971 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6972 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6973 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6974 } 6975 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6976 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6977 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6978 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6979 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6980 6981 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6982 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6983 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6984 } 6985 6986 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6987 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6988 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6989 // 6990 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6991 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6992 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6993 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6994 // special case code. 6995 6996 // C++ 8.5p11: 6997 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6998 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6999 // class type. 7000 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7001 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7002 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7003 } else if (DirectInit) { 7004 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7005 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7006 } 7007 7008 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7009} 7010 7011/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7012/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7013/// of sanity. 7014void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7015 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7016 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7017 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7018 7019 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7020 if (!VD) return; 7021 7022 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7023 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7024 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7025 return; 7026 } 7027 7028 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7029 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7030 7031 // Require a complete type. 7032 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7033 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7034 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7035 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7036 return; 7037 } 7038 7039 // Require an abstract type. 7040 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7041 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7042 AbstractVariableType)) { 7043 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7044 return; 7045 } 7046 7047 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7048 // though. 7049} 7050 7051void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7052 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7053 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7054 if (RealDecl == 0) 7055 return; 7056 7057 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7058 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7059 7060 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7061 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7062 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7063 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7064 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7065 return; 7066 } 7067 7068 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7069 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7070 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7071 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7072 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7073 // member. 7074 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7075 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7076 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7077 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7078 << Var->getDeclName(); 7079 else 7080 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7081 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7082 return; 7083 } 7084 7085 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7086 case VarDecl::Definition: 7087 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7088 break; 7089 7090 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7091 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7092 // a declaration. 7093 // 7094 // Fall through 7095 7096 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7097 // It's only a declaration. 7098 7099 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7100 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7101 // object shall be complete. 7102 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7103 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7104 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7105 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7106 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7107 7108 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7109 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7110 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7111 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7112 AbstractVariableType)) 7113 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7114 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7115 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7116 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7117 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7118 } 7119 7120 return; 7121 7122 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7123 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7124 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7125 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7126 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7127 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7128 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7129 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7130 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7131 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7132 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7133 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7134 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7135 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7136 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7137 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7138 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7139 // NOTE: code such as the following 7140 // static struct s; 7141 // struct s { int a; }; 7142 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7143 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7144 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7145 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7146 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7147 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7148 } 7149 } 7150 7151 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7152 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7153 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7154 return; 7155 } 7156 7157 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7158 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7159 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7160 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7161 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7162 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7163 return; 7164 } 7165 7166 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7167 // definitions with reference type. 7168 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7169 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7170 << Var->getDeclName() 7171 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7172 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7173 return; 7174 } 7175 7176 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7177 // variable with dependent type. 7178 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7179 return; 7180 7181 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7182 return; 7183 7184 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7185 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7186 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7187 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7188 return; 7189 } 7190 7191 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7192 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7193 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7194 AbstractVariableType)) { 7195 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7196 return; 7197 } 7198 7199 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7200 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7201 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7202 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7203 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7204 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7205 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7206 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7207 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7208 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7209 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7210 if (const RecordType *Record 7211 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7212 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7213 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7214 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7215 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7216 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7217 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7218 } 7219 } 7220 7221 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7222 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7223 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7224 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7225 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7226 // type shall have a user-declared default 7227 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7228 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7229 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7230 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7231 // program is ill-formed. 7232 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7233 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7234 // default-initialized; [...]. 7235 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7236 InitializationKind Kind 7237 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7238 7239 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7240 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7241 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7242 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7243 else if (Init.get()) { 7244 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7245 // This is important for template substitution. 7246 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7247 } 7248 7249 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7250 } 7251} 7252 7253void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7254 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7255 if (!VD) { 7256 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7257 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7258 return; 7259 } 7260 7261 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7262 7263 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7264 int Error = -1; 7265 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7266 case SC_None: 7267 break; 7268 case SC_Extern: 7269 Error = 0; 7270 break; 7271 case SC_Static: 7272 Error = 1; 7273 break; 7274 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7275 Error = 2; 7276 break; 7277 case SC_Auto: 7278 Error = 3; 7279 break; 7280 case SC_Register: 7281 Error = 4; 7282 break; 7283 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7284 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7285 } 7286 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7287 Error = 5; 7288 if (Error != -1) { 7289 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7290 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7291 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7292 } 7293} 7294 7295void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7296 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7297 7298 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7299 // local retaining variable. 7300 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7301 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7302 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7303 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7304 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7305 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7306 break; 7307 7308 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7309 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7310 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7311 break; 7312 } 7313 } 7314 7315 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7316 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7317 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7318 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7319 var->getLocation())) { 7320 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7321 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7322 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7323 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7324 7325 if (!prev) 7326 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7327 } 7328 7329 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7330 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7331 7332 QualType type = var->getType(); 7333 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7334 7335 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7336 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7337 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7338 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7339 7340 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7341 // constructing this copy. 7342 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7343 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7344 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7345 ExprResult result = 7346 PerformCopyInitialization( 7347 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7348 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7349 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7350 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7351 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7352 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7353 } 7354 } 7355 } 7356 7357 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7358 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7359 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7360 7361 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7362 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7363 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7364 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7365 var->getLocation()) 7366 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7367 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7368 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7369 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7370 7371 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7372 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7373 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7374 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7375 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7376 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7377 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7378 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7379 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7380 Notes.clear(); 7381 } 7382 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7383 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7384 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7385 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7386 } 7387 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7388 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7389 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7390 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7391 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7392 } 7393 } 7394 7395 // Require the destructor. 7396 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7397 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7398} 7399 7400/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7401/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7402void 7403Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7404 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7405 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7406 7407 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7408 if (!VD) 7409 return; 7410 7411 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7412 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7413 7414 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7415 // tag values. 7416 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7417 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7418 return; 7419 7420 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7421 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7422 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7423 I != E; ++I) { 7424 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7425 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7426 continue; 7427 } 7428 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7429 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7430 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7431 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7432 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7433 continue; 7434 } 7435 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7436 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7437 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7438 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7439 continue; 7440 } 7441 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7442 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7443 MagicValue, 7444 I->getMatchingCType(), 7445 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7446 I->getMustBeNull()); 7447 } 7448} 7449 7450Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7451Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7452 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7453 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7454 7455 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7456 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7457 7458 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7459 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7460 Decls.push_back(D); 7461 7462 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7463 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7464 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7465 7466 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7467 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7468} 7469 7470/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7471/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7472Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7473Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7474 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7475 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7476 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7477 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7478 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7479 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7480 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7481 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7482 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7483 QualType Deduced; 7484 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7485 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7486 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7487 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7488 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7489 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7490 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7491 break; 7492 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7493 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7494 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7495 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7496 Deduced = U; 7497 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7498 DeducedDecl = D; 7499 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7500 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7501 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7502 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7503 << U << D->getDeclName() 7504 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7505 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7506 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7507 break; 7508 } 7509 } 7510 } 7511 } 7512 } 7513 7514 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7515 7516 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7517} 7518 7519void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7520 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7521} 7522 7523void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7524 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7525 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7526 return; 7527 7528 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7529 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7530 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7531 return; 7532 7533 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7534 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7535 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7536 // additional declaration references: 7537 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7538 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7539 // 'struct S *pS;' 7540 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7541 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7542 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7543 Group++; 7544 NumDecls--; 7545 } 7546 } 7547 7548 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7549 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7550 if (!Comments.empty() && 7551 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7552 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7553 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7554 // 7555 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7556 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7557 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7558 // ahead through comments. 7559 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7560 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7561 } 7562} 7563 7564/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7565/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7566Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7567 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7568 7569 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7570 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7571 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7572 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7573 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7574 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7575 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7576 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7577 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7578 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7579 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7580 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7581 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7582 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7583 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7584 } 7585 7586 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7587 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7588 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7590 << 0; 7591 7592 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7593 7594 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7595 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7596 7597 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7598 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7599 // parameter. 7600 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7601 7602 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7603 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7604 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7605 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7606 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7607 } 7608 } 7609 7610 // Ensure we have a valid name 7611 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7612 if (D.hasName()) { 7613 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7614 if (!II) { 7615 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7616 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7617 D.setInvalidType(true); 7618 } 7619 } 7620 7621 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7622 if (II) { 7623 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7624 ForRedeclaration); 7625 LookupName(R, S); 7626 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7627 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7628 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7629 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7630 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7631 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7632 PrevDecl = 0; 7633 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7634 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7635 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7636 7637 // Recover by removing the name 7638 II = 0; 7639 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7640 D.setInvalidType(true); 7641 } 7642 } 7643 } 7644 7645 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7646 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7647 // looking like class members in C++. 7648 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7649 D.getLocStart(), 7650 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7651 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7652 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7653 7654 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7655 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7656 7657 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7658 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7659 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7660 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7661 7662 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7663 S->AddDecl(New); 7664 if (II) 7665 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7666 7667 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7668 7669 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7670 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7671 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7672 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7673 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7674 7675 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7676 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7677 } 7678 return New; 7679} 7680 7681/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7682/// typedef. 7683ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7684 SourceLocation Loc, 7685 QualType T) { 7686 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7687 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7688 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7689 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7690 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7691 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7692 Param->setImplicit(); 7693 return Param; 7694} 7695 7696void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7697 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7698 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7699 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7700 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7701 return; 7702 7703 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7704 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7705 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7706 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7707 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7708 } 7709 } 7710} 7711 7712void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7713 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7714 QualType ReturnTy, 7715 NamedDecl *D) { 7716 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7717 return; 7718 7719 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7720 // threshold. 7721 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7722 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7723 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7724 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7725 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7726 } 7727 7728 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7729 // threshold. 7730 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7731 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7732 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7733 continue; 7734 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7735 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7736 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7737 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7738 } 7739} 7740 7741ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7742 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7743 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7744 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7745 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7746 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7747 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7748 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7749 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7750 7751 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7752 7753 // Special cases for arrays: 7754 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7755 // - otherwise, it's an error 7756 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7757 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7758 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7759 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7760 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7761 } 7762 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7763 } else { 7764 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7765 } 7766 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7767 } 7768 7769 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7770 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7771 TSInfo, 7772 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7773 0); 7774 7775 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7776 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7777 // the class has been completely parsed. 7778 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7779 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7780 AbstractParamType)) 7781 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7782 7783 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7784 // passed by reference. 7785 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7786 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7787 Diag(NameLoc, 7788 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7789 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7790 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7791 New->setType(T); 7792 } 7793 7794 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7795 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7796 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7797 // an address space. 7798 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7799 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7800 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7801 } 7802 7803 return New; 7804} 7805 7806void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7807 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7808 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7809 7810 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7811 // for a K&R function. 7812 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7813 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7814 --i; 7815 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7816 SmallString<256> Code; 7817 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7818 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7819 << ";\n"; 7820 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7821 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7822 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7823 7824 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7825 // type. 7826 AttributeFactory attrs; 7827 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7828 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7829 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7830 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7831 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7832 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7833 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7834 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7835 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7836 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7837 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7838 } 7839 } 7840 } 7841} 7842 7843Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7844 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7845 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7846 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7847 7848 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7849 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7850 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7851} 7852 7853static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7854 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7855 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7856 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7857 return false; 7858 7859 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7860 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7861 return false; 7862 7863 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7864 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7865 return false; 7866 7867 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7868 if (FD->isMain()) 7869 return false; 7870 7871 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7872 if (FD->isInlined()) 7873 return false; 7874 7875 // Don't warn about function templates. 7876 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7877 return false; 7878 7879 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7880 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7881 return false; 7882 7883 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7884 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7885 return false; 7886 7887 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7888 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7889 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7890 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7891 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7892 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7893 continue; 7894 7895 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7896 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 7897 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 7898 break; 7899 } 7900 7901 return MissingPrototype; 7902} 7903 7904void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7905 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7906 // was an extern inline function. 7907 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7908 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7909 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7910 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7911 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7912 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7913 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7914 else 7915 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7916 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7917 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7918 } 7919} 7920 7921Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7922 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7923 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7924 7925 if (!D) 7926 return D; 7927 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7928 7929 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7930 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7931 else 7932 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7933 7934 // Enter a new function scope 7935 PushFunctionScope(); 7936 7937 // See if this is a redefinition. 7938 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7939 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7940 7941 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7942 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7943 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7944 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7945 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7946 } 7947 } 7948 7949 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7950 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7951 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7952 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7953 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7954 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7955 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7956 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7957 7958 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7959 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7960 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7961 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7962 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7963 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 7964 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 7965 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7966 7967 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7968 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 7969 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 7970 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7971 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 7972 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 7973 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 7974 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 7975 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 7976 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 7977 } 7978 } 7979 7980 if (FnBodyScope) 7981 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7982 7983 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7984 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7985 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7986 7987 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7988 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7989 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7990 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7991 7992 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7993 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7994 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7995 7996 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7997 } 7998 } 7999 8000 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8001 // introduce them into the function scope. 8002 if (FnBodyScope) { 8003 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8004 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8005 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8006 8007 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8008 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8009 // and reattach to the current context. 8010 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8011 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8012 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8013 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8014 if (*DI == D) { 8015 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8016 break; 8017 } 8018 } 8019 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8020 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8021 } 8022 8023 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8024 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8025 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8026 8027 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8028 // accessible in this scope. 8029 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8030 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8031 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8032 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8033 } 8034 } 8035 } 8036 8037 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8038 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8039 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8040 8041 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8042 // dllimport attribute. 8043 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8044 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8045 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8046 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8047 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8048 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8050 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8051 << "dllimport"; 8052 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8053 return D; 8054 } 8055 8056 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8057 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8058 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8059 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8060 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8061 // emitted. 8062 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8063 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8064 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8065 } 8066 } 8067 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8068 // a function template). 8069 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8070 return D; 8071} 8072 8073/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8074/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8075/// optimization. 8076/// 8077/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8078/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8079/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8080/// use the named return value optimization. 8081/// 8082/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8083/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8084/// the NRVO variable. 8085/// 8086/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8087/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8088/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8089void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8090 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8091 8092 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8093 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8094 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8095 return; 8096 8097 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8098 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8099 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8100 return; 8101 } 8102 8103 if (NRVOCandidate) 8104 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8105} 8106 8107bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8108 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8109 return false; 8110 8111 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8112 return true; 8113 8114 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8115 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8116 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8117 else 8118 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8119 8120 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8121 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8122 // rest of the file. 8123 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8124} 8125 8126Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8127 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8128 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8129 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8130 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8131 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8132} 8133 8134Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8135 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8136} 8137 8138Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8139 bool IsInstantiation) { 8140 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8141 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8142 if (FunTmpl) 8143 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8144 else 8145 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8146 8147 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8148 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8149 8150 if (FD) { 8151 FD->setBody(Body); 8152 8153 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8154 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8155 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8156 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8157 8158 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8159 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8160 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8161 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8162 8163 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8164 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8165 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8166 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8167 8168 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8169 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8170 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8171 8172 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8173 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8174 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8176 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8177 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8178 } 8179 8180 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8181 "Function parsing confused"); 8182 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8183 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8184 MD->setBody(Body); 8185 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8186 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8187 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8188 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8189 8190 if (Body) 8191 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8192 } 8193 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8194 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8195 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8196 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8197 } 8198 } else { 8199 return 0; 8200 } 8201 8202 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8203 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8204 "handled in the block above."); 8205 8206 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8207 if (Body) { 8208 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8209 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8210 // Verify this. 8211 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8212 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8213 8214 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8215 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8216 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8217 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8218 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8219 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8220 8221 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8222 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8223 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8224 8225 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8226 Destructor->getParent()); 8227 } 8228 8229 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8230 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8231 // deletion in some later function. 8232 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8233 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8234 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8235 } 8236 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8237 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8238 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8239 // enabled. 8240 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8241 } 8242 8243 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8244 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8245 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8246 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8247 8248 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8249 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8250 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8251 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8252 } 8253 8254 if (!IsInstantiation) 8255 PopDeclContext(); 8256 8257 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8258 8259 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8260 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8261 // deletion in some later function. 8262 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8263 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8264 } 8265 8266 return dcl; 8267} 8268 8269 8270/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8271/// relevant Decl. 8272void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8273 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8274 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8275 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8276 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8277 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8278 8279 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8280 if (Method->isStatic()) 8281 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8282} 8283 8284 8285/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8286/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8287NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8288 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8289 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8290 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8291 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8292 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8293 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8294 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8295 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8296 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8297 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8298 return Pos->second; 8299 } 8300 8301 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8302 unsigned diag_id; 8303 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8304 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8305 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8306 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8307 else 8308 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8309 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8310 8311 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8312 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8313 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8314 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8315 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8316 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8317 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8318 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8319 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8320 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8321 8322 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8323 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8324 8325 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8326 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8327 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8328 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8329 } 8330 } 8331 8332 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8333 const char *Dummy; 8334 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8335 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8336 unsigned DiagID; 8337 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8338 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8339 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8340 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8341 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8342 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8343 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8344 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8345 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8346 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8347 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8348 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8349 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8350 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8351 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8352 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8353 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8354 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8355 EST_None, 8356 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8357 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8358 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8359 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8360 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8361 Loc, Loc, D), 8362 DS.getAttributes(), 8363 SourceLocation()); 8364 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8365 8366 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8367 8368 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8369 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8370 8371 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8372 FD->setImplicit(); 8373 8374 CurContext = PrevDC; 8375 8376 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8377 8378 return FD; 8379} 8380 8381/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8382/// the declaration of this function. 8383/// 8384/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8385/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8386/// like NSLog or printf. 8387/// 8388/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8389/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8390void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8391 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8392 return; 8393 8394 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8395 // actual attributes. 8396 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8397 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8398 unsigned FormatIdx; 8399 bool HasVAListArg; 8400 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8401 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8402 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8403 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8404 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8405 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8406 fmt = "NSString"; 8407 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8408 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8409 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8410 } 8411 } 8412 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8413 HasVAListArg)) { 8414 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8415 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8416 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8417 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8418 } 8419 8420 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8421 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8422 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8423 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8424 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8425 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8426 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8427 } 8428 8429 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8430 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8431 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8432 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8433 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8434 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8435 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8436 } 8437 8438 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8439 if (!Name) 8440 return; 8441 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8442 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8443 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8444 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8445 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8446 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8447 // about. 8448 } else 8449 return; 8450 8451 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8452 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8453 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8454 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8455 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8456 "printf", 2, 8457 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8458 } 8459 8460 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8461 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8462 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8463 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8464 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8465 } 8466} 8467 8468TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8470 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8471 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8472 8473 if (!TInfo) { 8474 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8475 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8476 } 8477 8478 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8479 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8480 D.getLocStart(), 8481 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8482 D.getIdentifier(), 8483 TInfo); 8484 8485 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8486 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8487 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8488 return NewTD; 8489 } 8490 8491 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8492 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8493 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8494 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8495 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8496 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8497 else 8498 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8499 } 8500 8501 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8502 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8503 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8504 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8505 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8506 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8507 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8508 case TST_enum: 8509 case TST_struct: 8510 case TST_interface: 8511 case TST_union: 8512 case TST_class: { 8513 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8514 8515 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8516 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8517 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8518 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8519 8520 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8521 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8522 8523 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8524 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8525 break; 8526 8527 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8528 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8529 break; 8530 } 8531 8532 default: 8533 break; 8534 } 8535 8536 return NewTD; 8537} 8538 8539 8540/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8541bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8542 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8543 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8544 8545 if (T->isDependentType()) 8546 return false; 8547 8548 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8549 if (BT->isInteger()) 8550 return false; 8551 8552 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8553 return true; 8554} 8555 8556/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8557/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8558bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8559 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8560 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8561 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8562 8563 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8564 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8565 << Prev->isScoped(); 8566 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8567 return true; 8568 } 8569 8570 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8571 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8572 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8573 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8574 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8575 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8576 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8577 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8578 return true; 8579 } 8580 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8581 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8582 << Prev->isFixed(); 8583 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8584 return true; 8585 } 8586 8587 return false; 8588} 8589 8590/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8591/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8592/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8593/// 8594/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8595static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8596 switch (Tag) { 8597 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8598 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8599 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8600 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8601 } 8602} 8603 8604/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8605/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8606/// 8607/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8608static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8609{ 8610 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8611} 8612 8613/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8614/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8615/// 8616/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8617bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8618 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8619 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8620 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8621 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8622 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8623 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8624 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8625 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8626 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8627 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8628 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8629 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8630 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8631 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8632 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8633 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8634 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8635 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8636 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8637 return true; 8638 8639 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8640 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8641 bool isTemplate = false; 8642 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8643 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8644 8645 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8646 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8647 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8648 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8649 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8650 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8651 return true; 8652 } 8653 8654 if (isDefinition) { 8655 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8656 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8657 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8658 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8659 return true; 8660 } 8661 8662 bool previousMismatch = false; 8663 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8664 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8665 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8666 if (!previousMismatch) { 8667 previousMismatch = true; 8668 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8669 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8670 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8671 } 8672 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8673 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8674 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8675 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8676 } 8677 } 8678 return true; 8679 } 8680 8681 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8682 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8683 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8684 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8685 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8686 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8687 return true; 8688 } 8689 8690 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8691 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8692 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8693 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8694 8695 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8696 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8697 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8698 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8699 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8700 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8701 } 8702 8703 return true; 8704 } 8705 return false; 8706} 8707 8708/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8709/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8710/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8711/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8712Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8713 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8714 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8715 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8716 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8717 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8718 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8719 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8720 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8721 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8722 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8723 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8724 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8725 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8726 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8727 8728 OwnedDecl = false; 8729 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8730 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8731 8732 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8733 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8734 bool Invalid = false; 8735 8736 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8737 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8738 // for non-C++ cases. 8739 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8740 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8741 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8742 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8743 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8744 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8745 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8746 isExplicitSpecialization, 8747 Invalid)) { 8748 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8749 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8750 // be a member of another template). 8751 8752 if (Invalid) 8753 return 0; 8754 8755 OwnedDecl = false; 8756 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8757 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8758 TemplateParams, AS, 8759 ModulePrivateLoc, 8760 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8761 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8762 return Result.get(); 8763 } else { 8764 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8765 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8766 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8767 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8768 } 8769 } 8770 } 8771 8772 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8773 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8774 // redeclaration. 8775 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8776 8777 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8778 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8779 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8780 // type, default to int. 8781 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8782 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8783 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8784 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8785 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8786 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8787 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8788 8789 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8790 // Recover by falling back to int. 8791 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8792 8793 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8794 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8795 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8796 8797 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8798 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8799 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8800 } 8801 8802 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8803 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8804 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8805 8806 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8807 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8808 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8809 8810 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8811 8812 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8813 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8814 8815 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8816 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8817 Name = 0; 8818 goto CreateNewDecl; 8819 } 8820 8821 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8822 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8823 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8824 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8825 if (!DC) { 8826 IsDependent = true; 8827 return 0; 8828 } 8829 } else { 8830 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8831 if (!DC) { 8832 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8833 << SS.getRange(); 8834 return 0; 8835 } 8836 } 8837 8838 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8839 return 0; 8840 8841 SearchDC = DC; 8842 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8843 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8844 8845 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8846 return 0; 8847 8848 if (Previous.empty()) { 8849 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8850 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8851 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8852 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8853 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8854 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8855 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8856 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8857 IsDependent = true; 8858 return 0; 8859 } 8860 8861 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8862 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8863 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8864 Name = 0; 8865 Invalid = true; 8866 goto CreateNewDecl; 8867 } 8868 } else if (Name) { 8869 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8870 // declaration or definition. 8871 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8872 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8873 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8874 LookupName(Previous, S); 8875 8876 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8877 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8878 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8879 while (F.hasNext()) { 8880 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8881 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8882 F.erase(); 8883 } 8884 F.done(); 8885 } 8886 8887 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8888 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8889 return 0; 8890 8891 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8892 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8893 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8894 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8895 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8896 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8897 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8898 } 8899 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8900 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8901 // initial context to the translation unit. 8902 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8903 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8904 } 8905 8906 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8907 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8908 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8909 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8910 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8911 Previous.clear(); 8912 } 8913 8914 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8915 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8916 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8917 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8918 8919 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8920 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8921 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8922 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8923 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8924 } 8925 } 8926 8927 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8928 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8929 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8930 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8931 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8932 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8933 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8934 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8935 8936 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8937 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8938 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8939 // 8940 // class-key identifier 8941 // 8942 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8943 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8944 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8945 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8946 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8947 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8948 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8949 // declaration. 8950 // 8951 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8952 // C structs and unions. 8953 // 8954 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8955 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8956 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8957 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8958 // 8959 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8960 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8961 // 8962 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8963 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8964 // lexical context, 8965 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8966 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8967 8968 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8969 while (S->isClassScope() || 8970 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8971 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8972 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8973 (S->getEntity() && 8974 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8975 S = S->getParent(); 8976 } else { 8977 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8978 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8979 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8980 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8981 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8982 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8983 } 8984 8985 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8986 // diagnose some problems. 8987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8988 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8989 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8990 } 8991 } 8992 8993 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8994 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8995 8996 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8997 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8998 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8999 // in C++. 9000 // 9001 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9002 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9003 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9004 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9006 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9007 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9008 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9009 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9010 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9011 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9012 PrevDecl = Tag; 9013 Previous.clear(); 9014 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9015 Previous.resolveKind(); 9016 } 9017 } 9018 } 9019 } 9020 9021 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9022 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9023 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9024 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9025 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9026 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9027 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9028 // struct or something similar. 9029 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9030 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9031 *Name)) { 9032 bool SafeToContinue 9033 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9034 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9035 if (SafeToContinue) 9036 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9037 << Name 9038 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9039 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9040 else 9041 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9042 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9043 9044 if (SafeToContinue) 9045 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9046 else { 9047 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9048 Name = 0; 9049 Previous.clear(); 9050 Invalid = true; 9051 } 9052 } 9053 9054 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9055 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9056 9057 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9058 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9059 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9060 if (ScopedEnum) 9061 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9062 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9063 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9064 return PrevTagDecl; 9065 } 9066 9067 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9068 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9069 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9070 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9071 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9072 9073 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9074 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9075 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9076 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9077 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9078 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9079 } 9080 9081 if (!Invalid) { 9082 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9083 9084 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9085 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9086 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9087 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9088 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9089 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9090 return PrevTagDecl; 9091 9092 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9093 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9094 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9095 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9096 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9097 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9098 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9099 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9100 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9101 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9102 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9103 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9104 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9105 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9106 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9107 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9108 } 9109 9110 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9111 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9112 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9113 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9114 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9115 else 9116 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9117 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9118 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9119 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9120 // references get the previous definition. 9121 Name = 0; 9122 Previous.clear(); 9123 Invalid = true; 9124 } 9125 } else { 9126 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9127 // about a nested redefinition. 9128 const TagType *Tag 9129 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9130 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9131 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9132 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9133 diag::note_previous_definition); 9134 Name = 0; 9135 Previous.clear(); 9136 Invalid = true; 9137 } 9138 } 9139 9140 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9141 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9142 } 9143 } 9144 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9145 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9146 9147 } else { 9148 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9149 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9150 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9151 // have distinct types. 9152 Previous.clear(); 9153 } 9154 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9155 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9156 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9157 9158 9159 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9160 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9161 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9162 } else { 9163 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9164 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9165 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9166 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9167 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9168 unsigned Kind = 0; 9169 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9170 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9171 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9172 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9173 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9174 Invalid = true; 9175 9176 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9177 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9178 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9179 // do nothing 9180 9181 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9182 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9183 unsigned Kind = 0; 9184 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9185 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9186 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9187 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9188 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9189 Invalid = true; 9190 9191 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9192 // case here. 9193 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9194 unsigned Kind = 0; 9195 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9196 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9197 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9198 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9199 Invalid = true; 9200 9201 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9202 } else { 9203 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9204 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9205 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9206 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9207 Name = 0; 9208 Invalid = true; 9209 } 9210 9211 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9212 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9213 Previous.clear(); 9214 } 9215 } 9216 9217CreateNewDecl: 9218 9219 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9220 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9221 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9222 9223 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9224 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9225 // keyword. 9226 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9227 9228 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9229 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9230 // PrevDecl. 9231 TagDecl *New; 9232 9233 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9234 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9235 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9236 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9237 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9238 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9239 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9240 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9241 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9242 TagDecl *Def; 9243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9244 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9245 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9246 } 9247 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9248 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9249 << New; 9250 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9251 } else { 9252 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9253 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9254 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9255 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9256 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9257 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9258 9259 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9260 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9261 // the declaration context. 9262 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9263 IsForwardReference = true; 9264 } 9265 } 9266 9267 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9268 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9269 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9270 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9271 else 9272 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9273 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9274 } 9275 9276 } else { 9277 // struct/union/class 9278 9279 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9280 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9281 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9282 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9283 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9284 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9285 9286 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9287 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9288 } else 9289 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9290 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9291 } 9292 9293 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9294 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9295 if (SS.isSet()) { 9296 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9297 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9298 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9299 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9300 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9301 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9302 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9303 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9304 Invalid = true; 9305 9306 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9307 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9308 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9309 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9310 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9311 } 9312 } 9313 else 9314 Invalid = true; 9315 } 9316 9317 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9318 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9319 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9320 // 9321 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9322 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9323 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9324 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9325 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9326 // parsing of the struct). 9327 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9328 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9329 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9330 } 9331 } 9332 9333 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9334 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9336 << 2 9337 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9338 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9339 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9340 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9341 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9342 New->setModulePrivate(); 9343 } 9344 9345 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9346 // check the specialization. 9347 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9348 Invalid = true; 9349 9350 if (Invalid) 9351 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9352 9353 if (Attr) 9354 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9355 9356 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9357 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9358 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9359 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9360 9361 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9362 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9363 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9364 9365 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9366 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9367 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9368 // the tag name visible. 9369 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9370 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9371 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9372 9373 // Set the access specifier. 9374 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9375 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9376 9377 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9378 New->startDefinition(); 9379 9380 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9381 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9382 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9383 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9384 if (PrevDecl) 9385 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9386 9387 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9388 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9389 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9390 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9391 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9392 } else if (Name) { 9393 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9394 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9395 if (IsForwardReference) 9396 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9397 9398 } else { 9399 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9400 } 9401 9402 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9403 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9404 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9405 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9406 II->isStr("FILE")) 9407 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9408 9409 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9410 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9411 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9412 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9413 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9414 9415 if (PrevDecl) 9416 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9417 9418 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9419 // record. 9420 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9421 9422 OwnedDecl = true; 9423 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9424 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9425 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9426} 9427 9428void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9429 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9430 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9431 9432 // Enter the tag context. 9433 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9434 9435 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9436 9437 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9438 // record. 9439 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9440} 9441 9442Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9443 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9444 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9445 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9446 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9447 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9448 CurContext = OCD; 9449 return IDecl; 9450} 9451 9452void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9453 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9454 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9455 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9456 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9457 9458 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9459 9460 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9461 return; 9462 9463 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9464 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9465 9466 // C++ [class]p2: 9467 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9468 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9469 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9470 // as if it were a public member name. 9471 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9472 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9473 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9474 Record->getIdentifier(), 9475 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9476 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9477 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9478 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9479 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9480 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9481 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9482 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9483 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9484 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9485} 9486 9487void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9488 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9489 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9490 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9491 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9492 9493 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9494 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9495 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9496 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9497 RD->completeDefinition(); 9498 } 9499 9500 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9501 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9502 9503 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9504 PopDeclContext(); 9505 9506 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9507 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9508} 9509 9510void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9511 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9512 PopDeclContext(); 9513} 9514 9515void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9516 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9517 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9518 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9519} 9520 9521void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9522 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9523 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9524} 9525 9526void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9527 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9528 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9529 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9530 9531 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9532 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9533 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9534 RD->completeDefinition(); 9535 } 9536 9537 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9538 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9539 // the FieldCollector. 9540 9541 PopDeclContext(); 9542} 9543 9544// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9545ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9546 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9547 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9548 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9549 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9550 if (ZeroWidth) 9551 *ZeroWidth = true; 9552 9553 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9554 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9555 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9556 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9557 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9558 return ExprError(); 9559 if (FieldName) 9560 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9561 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9562 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9563 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9564 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9565 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9566 return ExprError(); 9567 9568 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9569 // it now. 9570 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9571 return Owned(BitWidth); 9572 9573 llvm::APSInt Value; 9574 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9575 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9576 return ICE; 9577 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9578 9579 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9580 *ZeroWidth = false; 9581 9582 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9583 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9584 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9585 9586 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9587 if (FieldName) 9588 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9589 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9590 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9591 << Value.toString(10); 9592 } 9593 9594 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9595 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9596 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9597 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9598 if (FieldName) 9599 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9600 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9601 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9602 9603 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9604 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9605 } 9606 9607 if (FieldName) 9608 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9609 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9610 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9611 else 9612 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9613 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9614 } 9615 } 9616 9617 return Owned(BitWidth); 9618} 9619 9620/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9621/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9622Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9623 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9624 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9625 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9626 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9627 return Res; 9628} 9629 9630/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9631/// 9632FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9633 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9634 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9635 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9636 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9637 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9638 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9639 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9640 9641 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9642 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9643 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9644 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9645 9646 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9647 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9648 D.setInvalidType(); 9649 T = Context.IntTy; 9650 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9651 } 9652 } 9653 9654 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9655 9656 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9657 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9658 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9659 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9660 << 2; 9661 9662 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9663 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9664 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9665 LookupName(Previous, S); 9666 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9667 case LookupResult::Found: 9668 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9669 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9670 break; 9671 9672 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9673 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9674 break; 9675 9676 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9677 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9678 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9679 break; 9680 } 9681 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9682 9683 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9684 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9685 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9686 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9687 PrevDecl = 0; 9688 } 9689 9690 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9691 PrevDecl = 0; 9692 9693 bool Mutable 9694 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9695 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9696 FieldDecl *NewFD 9697 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9698 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9699 9700 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9701 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9702 9703 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9704 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9705 9706 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9707 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9708 // with the same name in the same scope. 9709 } else if (II) { 9710 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9711 } else 9712 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9713 9714 return NewFD; 9715} 9716 9717/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9718/// 9719/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9720/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9721/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9722/// created. 9723/// 9724/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9725/// 9726/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9727FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9728 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9729 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9730 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9731 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9732 SourceLocation TSSL, 9733 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9734 Declarator *D) { 9735 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9736 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9737 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9738 9739 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9740 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9741 if (T.isNull()) { 9742 InvalidDecl = true; 9743 T = Context.IntTy; 9744 } 9745 9746 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9747 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9748 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9749 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9750 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9751 InvalidDecl = true; 9752 } else { 9753 NamedDecl *Def; 9754 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9755 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9756 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9757 InvalidDecl = true; 9758 } 9759 } 9760 } 9761 9762 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9763 // than a variably modified type. 9764 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9765 bool SizeIsNegative; 9766 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9767 9768 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9769 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9770 SizeIsNegative, 9771 Oversized); 9772 if (FixedTInfo) { 9773 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9774 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9775 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9776 } else { 9777 if (SizeIsNegative) 9778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9779 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9781 << Oversized.toString(10); 9782 else 9783 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9784 InvalidDecl = true; 9785 } 9786 } 9787 9788 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9789 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9790 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9791 AbstractFieldType)) 9792 InvalidDecl = true; 9793 9794 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9795 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9796 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9797 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9798 if (!BitWidth) { 9799 InvalidDecl = true; 9800 BitWidth = 0; 9801 ZeroWidth = false; 9802 } 9803 } 9804 9805 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9806 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9807 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9808 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9809 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9810 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9811 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9812 9813 if (DiagID) { 9814 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9815 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9816 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9817 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9818 Mutable = false; 9819 InvalidDecl = true; 9820 } 9821 } 9822 9823 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9824 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9825 if (InvalidDecl) 9826 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9827 9828 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9829 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9830 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9831 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9832 } 9833 9834 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9835 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9836 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9837 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9838 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9839 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9840 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9841 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9842 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9843 // objects. 9844 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9845 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9846 } 9847 } 9848 9849 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9850 // the program is ill-formed. 9851 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9852 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9853 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9855 } 9856 } 9857 } 9858 9859 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9860 // representation, not a parser representation. 9861 if (D) 9862 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9863 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9864 9865 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9866 // retainable type. 9867 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9868 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9869 9870 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9871 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9872 9873 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9874 return NewFD; 9875} 9876 9877bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9878 assert(FD); 9879 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9880 9881 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9882 return true; 9883 9884 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9885 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9886 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9887 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9888 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9889 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9890 // copy constructors. 9891 9892 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9893 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 9894 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 9895 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 9896 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 9897 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 9898 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9899 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9900 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9901 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9902 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9903 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9904 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 9905 member = CXXDestructor; 9906 9907 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9908 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 9909 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9910 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9911 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9912 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9913 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9914 // members unavailable. 9915 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9916 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9917 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9918 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9919 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9920 return false; 9921 } 9922 } 9923 9924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 9925 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9926 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9927 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9928 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 9929 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 9930 } 9931 } 9932 } 9933 9934 return false; 9935} 9936 9937/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9938/// AST enum value. 9939static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9940TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9941 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9942 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9943 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9944 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9945 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9946 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9947 } 9948} 9949 9950/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9951/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9952Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9953 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9954 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9955 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9956 9957 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9958 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9959 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9960 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9961 9962 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9963 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9964 9965 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9966 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9967 9968 if (BitWidth) { 9969 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9970 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9971 if (!BitWidth) 9972 D.setInvalidType(); 9973 } else { 9974 // Not a bitfield. 9975 9976 // validate II. 9977 9978 } 9979 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9980 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9981 D.setInvalidType(); 9982 } 9983 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9984 // than a variably modified type. 9985 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9986 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9987 D.setInvalidType(); 9988 } 9989 9990 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9991 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9992 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9993 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9994 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9995 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9996 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9997 return 0; 9998 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9999 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10000 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10001 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10002 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10003 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10004 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10005 } 10006 else 10007 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10008 } else { 10009 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10010 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10011 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10012 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10013 return 0; 10014 } 10015 } 10016 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10017 } 10018 10019 // Construct the decl. 10020 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10021 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10022 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10023 10024 if (II) { 10025 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10026 ForRedeclaration); 10027 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10028 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10029 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10030 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10031 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10032 } 10033 } 10034 10035 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10036 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10037 10038 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10039 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10040 10041 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10042 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10043 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10044 10045 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10046 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10047 10048 if (II) { 10049 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10050 // these to the interface. 10051 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10052 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10053 } 10054 10055 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10056 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10057 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10058 10059 return NewID; 10060} 10061 10062/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10063/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10064/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10065/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10066void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10067 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10068 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10069 return; 10070 10071 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10072 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10073 10074 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10075 return; 10076 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10077 if (!ID) { 10078 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10079 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10080 return; 10081 } 10082 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10083 else 10084 return; 10085 } 10086 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10087 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10088 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10089 10090 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10091 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10092 Context.CharTy, 10093 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10094 DeclLoc), 10095 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10096 true); 10097 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10098} 10099 10100void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10101 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10102 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10103 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10104 AttributeList *Attr) { 10105 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10106 10107 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10108 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10109 // it will now change. 10110 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10111 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10112 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10113 default: break; 10114 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10115 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10116 break; 10117 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10118 Context. 10119 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10120 break; 10121 } 10122 } 10123 10124 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10125 10126 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10127 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10128 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10129 if (Record) { 10130 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10131 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10132 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10133 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10134 ++NumNamedMembers; 10135 } 10136 } 10137 10138 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10139 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10140 10141 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10142 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10143 i != end; ++i) { 10144 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10145 10146 // Get the type for the field. 10147 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10148 10149 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10150 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10151 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10152 } 10153 10154 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10155 // diagnostics about it. 10156 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10157 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10158 continue; 10159 } 10160 10161 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10162 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10163 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10164 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10165 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10166 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10167 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10168 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10169 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10170 // array. 10171 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10172 // Field declared as a function. 10173 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10174 << FD->getDeclName(); 10175 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10176 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10177 continue; 10178 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10179 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10180 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10181 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10182 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10183 // Flexible array member. 10184 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10185 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10186 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10187 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10188 if (Record->isUnion()) 10189 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10190 << FD->getDeclName(); 10191 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10192 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10193 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10194 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10195 if (Record->isUnion()) 10196 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10197 << FD->getDeclName(); 10198 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10199 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10200 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10201 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10202 if (Record->isUnion()) 10203 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10204 << FD->getDeclName(); 10205 else 10206 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10207 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10208 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10209 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10210 << FD->getDeclName(); 10211 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10212 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10213 continue; 10214 } 10215 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10216 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10217 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10218 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10219 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10220 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10221 continue; 10222 } 10223 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10224 if (Record) 10225 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10226 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10227 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10228 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10229 // Incomplete type 10230 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10231 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10232 continue; 10233 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10234 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10235 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10236 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10237 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10238 } else { 10239 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10240 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10241 // structures. 10242 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10243 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10244 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10245 else { 10246 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10247 // other structs as an extension. 10248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10249 << FD->getDeclName(); 10250 if (Record) 10251 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10252 } 10253 } 10254 } 10255 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10256 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10257 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10258 AbstractIvarType)) { 10259 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10260 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10261 } 10262 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10263 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10264 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10265 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10266 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10267 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10268 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10269 FD->setType(T); 10270 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10271 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10272 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10273 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10274 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10275 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10276 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10277 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10278 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10279 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10280 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10281 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10282 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10283 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10284 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10285 } 10286 } else { 10287 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10288 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10289 } 10290 ARCErrReported = true; 10291 } 10292 } 10293 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10294 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10295 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10296 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10297 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10298 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10299 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10300 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10301 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10302 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10303 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10304 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10305 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10306 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10307 } 10308 } 10309 } 10310 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10311 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10312 ++NumNamedMembers; 10313 } 10314 10315 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10316 if (Record) { 10317 bool Completed = false; 10318 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10319 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10320 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10321 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10322 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10323 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10324 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10325 10326 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10327 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10329 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10330 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10331 10332 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10333 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10334 10335 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10336 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10337 // problem now. 10338 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10339 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10340 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10341 10342 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10343 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10344 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10345 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10346 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10347 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10348 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10349 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10350 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10351 continue; 10352 10353 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10354 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10355 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10356 // program is ill-formed. 10357 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10358 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10359 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10360 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10361 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10362 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10363 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10364 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10365 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10366 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10367 10368 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10369 } 10370 } 10371 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10372 Completed = true; 10373 } 10374 } 10375 } 10376 } 10377 10378 if (!Completed) 10379 Record->completeDefinition(); 10380 10381 } else { 10382 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10383 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10384 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10385 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10386 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10387 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10388 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10389 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10390 } 10391 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10392 // duplicates. 10393 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10394 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10395 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10396 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10397 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10398 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10399 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10400 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10401 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10402 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10403 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10404 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10405 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10406 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10407 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10408 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10409 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10410 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10411 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10412 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10413 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10414 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10415 if (IDecl) { 10416 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10417 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10418 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10419 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10420 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10421 continue; 10422 } 10423 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10424 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10425 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10426 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10427 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10428 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10429 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10430 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10431 continue; 10432 } 10433 } 10434 } 10435 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10436 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10437 } 10438 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10439 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10440 } 10441 } 10442 10443 if (Attr) 10444 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10445} 10446 10447/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10448/// the given type T. 10449static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10450 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10451 QualType T) { 10452 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10453 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10454 10455 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10456 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10457 --BitWidth; 10458 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10459 } 10460 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10461} 10462 10463// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10464// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10465static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10466 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10467 // enum checking below. 10468 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10469 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10470 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10471 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10472 }; 10473 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10474 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10475 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10476 }; 10477 10478 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10479 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10480 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10481 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10482 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10483 return Types[I]; 10484 10485 return QualType(); 10486} 10487 10488EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10489 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10490 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10491 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10492 Expr *Val) { 10493 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10494 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10495 QualType EltTy; 10496 10497 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10498 Val = 0; 10499 10500 if (Val) 10501 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10502 10503 if (Val) { 10504 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10505 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10506 else { 10507 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10508 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 10509 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10510 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10511 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10512 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10513 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10514 ExprResult Converted = 10515 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10516 CCEK_Enumerator); 10517 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10518 Val = 0; 10519 else 10520 Val = Converted.take(); 10521 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10522 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10523 &EnumVal).take())) { 10524 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10525 } else { 10526 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10527 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10528 10529 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10530 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10531 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10532 // expression checking. 10533 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10534 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10535 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10536 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10537 } else 10538 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10539 } else 10540 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10541 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10542 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10543 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10544 // is the type of its initializing value: 10545 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10546 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10547 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10548 } else { 10549 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10550 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10551 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10552 // representable as an int. 10553 10554 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10555 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10556 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10557 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10558 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10559 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10560 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10561 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10562 } 10563 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10564 } 10565 } 10566 } 10567 } 10568 10569 if (!Val) { 10570 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10571 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10572 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10573 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10574 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10575 // is the type of its initializing value: 10576 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10577 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10578 // 10579 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10580 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10581 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10582 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10583 } 10584 else { 10585 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10586 } 10587 } else { 10588 // Assign the last value + 1. 10589 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10590 ++EnumVal; 10591 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10592 10593 // Check for overflow on increment. 10594 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10595 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10596 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10597 // is the type of its initializing value: 10598 // 10599 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10600 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10601 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10602 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10603 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10604 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10605 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10606 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10607 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10608 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10609 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10610 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10611 ++EnumVal; 10612 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10613 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10614 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10615 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10616 << EltTy; 10617 else 10618 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10619 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10620 } else { 10621 EltTy = T; 10622 } 10623 10624 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10625 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10626 // value, then increment. 10627 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10628 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10629 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10630 ++EnumVal; 10631 10632 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10633 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10634 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10635 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10636 // integral type. 10637 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10638 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10639 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10640 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10641 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10642 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10643 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10644 } 10645 } 10646 } 10647 10648 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10649 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10650 // enumerator's type. 10651 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10652 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10653 } 10654 10655 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10656 Val, EnumVal); 10657} 10658 10659 10660Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10661 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10662 AttributeList *Attr, 10663 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10664 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10665 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10666 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10667 10668 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10669 // we find one that is. 10670 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10671 10672 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10673 // scope. 10674 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10675 ForRedeclaration); 10676 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10677 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10678 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10679 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10680 PrevDecl = 0; 10681 } 10682 10683 if (PrevDecl) { 10684 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10685 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10686 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10687 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10688 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10689 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10690 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10691 else 10692 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10693 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10694 return 0; 10695 } 10696 } 10697 10698 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10699 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10700 // different from T: 10701 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10702 // enumerated type 10703 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10704 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10705 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10706 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10707 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10708 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10709 10710 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10711 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10712 10713 if (New) { 10714 // Process attributes. 10715 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10716 10717 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10718 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10719 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10720 } 10721 10722 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10723 10724 return New; 10725} 10726 10727// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10728// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10729// Element2 = Element1 10730// Element2 = Element1 + 1 10731// Element2 = Element1 - 1 10732// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10733static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10734 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10735 if (!InitExpr) 10736 return true; 10737 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10738 10739 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10740 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10741 return true; 10742 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10743 if (!IL) 10744 return true; 10745 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10746 return true; 10747 10748 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10749 } 10750 10751 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10752 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10753 if (!DRE) 10754 return true; 10755 10756 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10757 if (!EnumConstant) 10758 return true; 10759 10760 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10761 Enum) 10762 return true; 10763 10764 return false; 10765} 10766 10767struct DupKey { 10768 int64_t val; 10769 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10770 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10771 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10772}; 10773 10774static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10775 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10776 false); 10777} 10778 10779struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10780 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10781 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10782 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10783 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10784 } 10785 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10786 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10787 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10788 } 10789}; 10790 10791// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10792// a previous element has already been set to. 10793static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10794 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10795 QualType EnumType) { 10796 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10797 Enum->getLocation()) == 10798 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10799 return; 10800 // Avoid anonymous enums 10801 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10802 return; 10803 10804 // Only check for small enums. 10805 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10806 return; 10807 10808 typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector; 10809 typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10810 10811 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10812 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10813 ValueToVectorMap; 10814 10815 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10816 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10817 10818 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10819 // an initialier. 10820 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10821 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10822 10823 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10824 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10825 if (!ECD) { 10826 return; 10827 } 10828 10829 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10830 continue; 10831 10832 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10833 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10834 10835 // First time encountering this value. 10836 if (Entry.isNull()) 10837 Entry = ECD; 10838 } 10839 10840 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10841 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10842 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10843 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10844 continue; 10845 10846 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10847 10848 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10849 if (Entry.isNull()) 10850 continue; 10851 10852 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10853 // Ensure constants are different. 10854 if (D == ECD) 10855 continue; 10856 10857 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10858 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10859 Vec->push_back(D); 10860 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10861 10862 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10863 Entry = Vec; 10864 10865 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10866 // diagnostics. 10867 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10868 continue; 10869 } 10870 10871 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10872 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10873 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10874 continue; 10875 10876 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10877 } 10878 10879 // Emit diagnostics. 10880 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10881 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10882 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10883 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10884 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10885 10886 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10887 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10888 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10889 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10890 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10891 ++I; 10892 10893 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10894 // the same value. 10895 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10896 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10897 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10898 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10899 delete Vec; 10900 } 10901} 10902 10903void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10904 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10905 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10906 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10907 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10908 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10909 10910 if (Attr) 10911 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10912 10913 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10914 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10915 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10916 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10917 if (!ECD) continue; 10918 10919 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10920 } 10921 10922 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10923 return; 10924 } 10925 10926 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10927 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10928 // emit a warning. 10929 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10930 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10931 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10932 10933 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10934 // reverse the list. 10935 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10936 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10937 10938 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10939 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10940 10941 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10942 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10943 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10944 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10945 10946 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10947 10948 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10949 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10950 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10951 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10952 else 10953 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10954 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10955 10956 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10957 if (AllElementsInt) 10958 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10959 } 10960 10961 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10962 QualType BestType; 10963 unsigned BestWidth; 10964 10965 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10966 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10967 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10968 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10969 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10970 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10971 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10972 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10973 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10974 QualType BestPromotionType; 10975 10976 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10977 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10978 // enum definitions. 10979 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10980 Packed = true; 10981 10982 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10983 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10984 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10985 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10986 else 10987 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10988 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10989 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10990 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10991 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10992 } 10993 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10994 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10995 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10996 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10997 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10998 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10999 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11000 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11001 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11002 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11003 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11004 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11005 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11006 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11007 } else { 11008 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11009 11010 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11011 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11012 } else { 11013 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11014 11015 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11016 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11017 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11018 } 11019 } 11020 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11021 } else { 11022 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11023 // all of the enumerator values. 11024 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11025 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11026 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11027 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11028 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11029 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11030 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11031 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11032 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11033 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11034 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11035 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11036 BestPromotionType 11037 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11038 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11039 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11040 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11041 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11042 BestPromotionType 11043 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11044 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11045 } else { 11046 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11047 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11048 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11049 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11050 BestPromotionType 11051 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11052 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11053 } 11054 } 11055 11056 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11057 // the type of the enum if needed. 11058 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11059 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11060 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11061 11062 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11063 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11064 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11065 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11066 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11067 11068 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11069 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11070 11071 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11072 // the enum decl type. 11073 QualType NewTy; 11074 unsigned NewWidth; 11075 bool NewSign; 11076 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11077 !Enum->isFixed() && 11078 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11079 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11080 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11081 NewSign = true; 11082 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11083 // Already the right type! 11084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11085 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11086 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11087 // enumeration. 11088 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11089 continue; 11090 } else { 11091 NewTy = BestType; 11092 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11093 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11094 } 11095 11096 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11097 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11098 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11099 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11100 11101 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11102 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11103 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11104 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11105 CK_IntegralCast, 11106 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11107 /*base paths*/ 0, 11108 VK_RValue)); 11109 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11110 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11111 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11112 // enumeration. 11113 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11114 else 11115 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11116 } 11117 11118 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11119 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11120 11121 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11122 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11123 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11124 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11125 11126 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11127} 11128 11129Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11130 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11131 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11132 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11133 11134 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11135 AsmString, StartLoc, 11136 EndLoc); 11137 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11138 return New; 11139} 11140 11141DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11142 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11143 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11144 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11145 Module::AllVisible, 11146 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11147 if (!Mod) 11148 return true; 11149 11150 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11151 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11152 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11153 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11154 // We need the length to be consistent. 11155 if (!ModCheck) 11156 break; 11157 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11158 11159 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11160 } 11161 11162 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11163 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11164 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11165 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11166 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11167 return Import; 11168} 11169 11170void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11171 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11172 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11173 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11174 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11175 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11176 LookupOrdinaryName); 11177 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11178 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11179 11180 if (PrevDecl) 11181 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11182 else 11183 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11184 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11185} 11186 11187void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11188 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11189 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11190 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11191 11192 if (PrevDecl) { 11193 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11194 } else { 11195 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11196 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11197 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11198 } 11199} 11200 11201void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11202 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11203 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11204 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11205 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11206 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11207 LookupOrdinaryName); 11208 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11209 11210 if (PrevDecl) { 11211 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11212 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11213 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11214 } else { 11215 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11216 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11217 } 11218} 11219 11220Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11221 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11222} 11223 11224AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11225 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11226 return D->getAvailability(); 11227} 11228